patch 9.1.1663: xxd: 9.1.0023 introduced additional dependency

Problem:  xxd: 9.1.0023 introduced additional dependency
Solution: remove non-native z/OS library call (David Seal)

Commit 48a75f3dfb (Patch 9.1.0023)
introduces a call to __disableautocvt() which can only be found in a
non-native z/OS library.  This requires installing the external zoslib
library in order to work, which is not present on all z/OS systems

So remove the call to __disableautocvt() and rely on library routines
that are available to all z/OS users

See https://ibmruntimes.github.io/zoslib/zos-io_8cc.html for more
details

closes: #18059

Signed-off-by: David Seal <dseal@rocketsoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>

.cirrus.yml

@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ env:
 freebsd_task:
   name: FreeBSD
   matrix:
-    - name: FreeBSD 14.2
+    - name: FreeBSD 14.3
       freebsd_instance:
-        image_family: freebsd-14-2
+        image_family: freebsd-14-3
   timeout_in: 20m
   install_script:
     - pkg install -y gettext
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ freebsd_task:
     - sudo -u cirrus make test
   on_failure:
     test_artifacts:
-      name: "Cirrus-CI-freebsd-failed-tests"
+      name: "Cirrus-${CIRRUS_BUILD_ID}-freebsd-failed-tests"
       path: |
         runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
         runtime/syntax/testdir/failed/*

.editorconfig

@@ -35,3 +35,12 @@ trim_trailing_whitespace = false
 [src/testdir/test*.vim]
 # Some tests need trailing whitespaces, for example `set showbreak=>>\ `
 trim_trailing_whitespace = false
+
+#
+# Some custom files do not use tabs
+#
+[src/sign.c]
+indent_style = space
+
+[src/sound.c]
+indent_style = space

.gitattributes

@@ -1 +1,31 @@
 src/testdir/test42.in diff
+
+# `vim.pot` is updated every time any of the *.c files are modified.  And as it
+# contains line numbers for strings from *.c files, inserting a line into a
+# single .c file may cause many lines in the `vim.pot` file to be updated.
+#
+# This generates a lot of "noise" in the diffs.  And especially considering that
+# `vim.pot` is a generated file, looking at changes in this file is not useful.
+#
+# By marking it as binary we tell the git machinery that it should not be
+# presented to the user in patches, use "git diff --text" to override
+src/po/vim.pot -diff
+
+# Although vim.pot has been marked as binary, you may want to check the textual differences
+# using git --text but still want to ignore some noisy output like:
+# - POT-Creation Date
+# - comments pointing to the message source location in
+#   *.c/*.h/*.vim/*.cpp/*.in/*.xs files followed by line numbers
+# Note: location comments should be no longer part of vim.pot, since commit 2844765e903214490e1
+# which add the --no-location argument for xgettext to no longer ouput such comments
+#
+# To ignore certain changes, setup a custom textconv filter using:
+# git config diff.ignore_vim_pot.textconv "grep -Ev '^.(POT-Creation-Date:|.*\\.([ch]|vim|in|xs|cpp):).*$'"
+src/po/vim.pot diff=ignore_vim_pot
+
+# GitHub reacts to the `linguist-generated` attribute, by ignoring marked files
+# for the repository's language statistics and hiddning changes in these files
+# by default in diffs.
+#
+# https://docs.github.com/en/repositories/working-with-files/managing-files/customizing-how-changed-files-appear-on-github
+src/po/vim.pot linguist-generated=true

.github/actions/test_artifacts/action.yml

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ runs:
       uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
       with:
         # Name of the artifact to upload.
-        name: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.job }}-${{ join(matrix.*, '-') }}-failed-tests
+        name: GH-${{ github.run_id }}-${{ github.run_attempt }}-${{ github.job }}-${{ join(matrix.*, '-') }}-failed-tests
 
         # A file, directory or wildcard pattern that describes what
         # to upload.

.github/labeler.yml

@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ plugin-netrw:
     - changed-files:
       - any-glob-to-any-file:
         - 'runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim'
-        - 'runtime/autoload/netrw*'
+        - 'runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/**'
 
 xxd:
   - all:

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ jobs:
       LOG_DIR: ${{ github.workspace }}/logs
       TERM: xterm
       DISPLAY: ':99'
-      WAYLAND_DISPLAY: 'wayland-1'
       DEBIAN_FRONTEND: noninteractive
 
     strategy:
@@ -86,10 +85,16 @@ jobs:
           - features: normal
             compiler: gcc
             extra: [vimtags]
+          - features: huge
+            compiler: gcc
+            extra: [no_x11]
+          - features: huge
+            compiler: gcc
+            extra: [socketserver]
 
     steps:
       - name: Checkout repository from github
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       - name: Check Filelist (for packaging)
         run: |
@@ -125,6 +130,10 @@ jobs:
           sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/microsoft-prod.list
           PKGS=( \
             gettext \
+            x11-utils \
+            labwc \
+            wl-clipboard \
+            wayland-utils \
             libgtk-3-dev:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
             libgtk-3-bin:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
             desktop-file-utils \
@@ -141,7 +150,6 @@ jobs:
             libwayland-cursor0:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
             locales-all \
             software-properties-common \
-            sway \
           )
           if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') }} && ${{ contains(matrix.architecture, 'native') }}; then
           PKGS+=( \
@@ -218,7 +226,7 @@ jobs:
           tiny)
             echo "TEST=testtiny"
             if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'nogui') }}; then
-              echo "CONFOPT=--disable-gui"
+              CONFOPT="--disable-gui"
             fi
             ;;
           normal)
@@ -230,10 +238,16 @@ jobs:
               PYTHON3_CONFOPT="--with-python3-stable-abi=3.8"
             fi
             # The ubuntu-24.04 CI runner does not provide a python2 package.
-            echo "CONFOPT=--enable-perlinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-pythoninterp=no --enable-python3interp=${INTERFACE} --enable-rubyinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-luainterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-tclinterp=${INTERFACE} ${PYTHON3_CONFOPT}"
+            CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-pythoninterp=no --enable-python3interp=${INTERFACE} --enable-rubyinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-luainterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-tclinterp=${INTERFACE} ${PYTHON3_CONFOPT}"
             ;;
           esac
 
+          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'no_x11') }}; then
+            CONFOPT="${CONFOPT} --without-x --disable-gui"
+          fi
+          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'socketserver') }}; then
+            CONFOPT="${CONFOPT} --enable-socketserver"
+          fi
           if ${{ matrix.coverage == true }}; then
             CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} --coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH"
             echo "LDFLAGS=--coverage"
@@ -257,6 +271,7 @@ jobs:
             echo "TEST=-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
           fi
           echo "CFLAGS=${CFLAGS}"
+          echo "CONFOPT=${CONFOPT}"
           # Disables GTK attempt to integrate with the accessibility service that does run in CI.
           echo "NO_AT_BRIDGE=1"
           ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
@@ -270,8 +285,6 @@ jobs:
           sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
           sudo usermod -a -G audio "${USER}"
           sudo bash ci/setup-xvfb.sh
-          # Sway requires user session
-          bash ci/setup-sway.sh
 
       - name: Check autoconf
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests')
@@ -315,10 +328,17 @@ jobs:
           fi
 
       - name: Test
-        timeout-minutes: 25
+        timeout-minutes: 30
         run: |
           make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
 
+      # Enable to debug failing tests live and ssh into the CI runners
+      # - name: Setup tmate session
+      #   if: ${{ failure() }}
+      #   uses: mxschmitt/action-tmate@v3
+      #   with:
+      #     limit-access-to-actor: true
+
       - if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
         uses: ./.github/actions/test_artifacts
 
@@ -375,7 +395,7 @@ jobs:
 
     steps:
       - name: Checkout repository from github
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       - name: Install packages
         if: matrix.features == 'huge'
@@ -565,7 +585,7 @@ jobs:
           release: false
 
       - name: Checkout repository from github
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       - name: Create a list of download URLs
         shell: cmd
@@ -729,16 +749,17 @@ jobs:
       #    name: vim${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ matrix.toolchain }}
       #    path: ./artifacts
 
-      - name: Install packages for testing
-        shell: bash
-        run: |
-          if ${{ matrix.features != 'TINY' }}; then
-            if ${{ matrix.arch == 'x64' }}; then
-              choco install netbeans --no-progress
-            else
-              exit 0
-            fi
-          fi
+      # disabled because of https://github.com/tunisiano187/Chocolatey-packages/issues/3916
+      #- name: Install packages for testing
+      #  shell: bash
+      #  run: |
+      #    if ${{ matrix.features != 'TINY' }}; then
+      #      if ${{ matrix.arch == 'x64' }}; then
+      #        choco install netbeans --no-progress
+      #      else
+      #        exit 0
+      #      fi
+      #    fi
 
       - name: Test and show the result of testing gVim
         if: matrix.GUI == 'yes' || matrix.VIMDLL == 'yes'

.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ jobs:
 
     steps:
     - name: Checkout repository from github
-      uses: actions/checkout@v4
+      uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
     # Initializes the CodeQL tools for scanning.
     - name: Initialize CodeQL

.github/workflows/coverity.yml

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ jobs:
     steps:
       - name: Checkout repository from github
         if: env.TOKEN
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
+        uses: actions/checkout@v5
 
       - name: Download Coverity
         if: env.TOKEN

.github/workflows/link-check.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# .github/workflows/link-check.yml
+name: Check Links
+on:
+  workflow_dispatch:
+  schedule:
+    - cron: '0 3 * * 0' # Every Sunday at 03:00 UTC
+jobs:
+  lychee:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v5
+      - name: Run Lychee
+        uses: lycheeverse/lychee-action@v2
+        with:
+          args: --verbose --config ci/lychee.toml .

.gitignore

@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ src/auto/osdef.h
 src/auto/link.log
 src/auto/link.sed
 src/auto/pathdef.c
+src/auto/wayland/*.c
+src/auto/wayland/*.h
 
 # Windows
 *.exe
@@ -64,7 +66,6 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 *~
 *.pyc
 *.log
-src/po/vim.pot
 src/tags
 /tags
 /GPATH

.hgignore

@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ src/auto/osdef.h
 src/auto/link.log
 src/auto/link.sed
 src/auto/pathdef.c
+src/auto/wayland/*.c
+src/auto/wayland/*.h
 
 # Windows
 *.exe
@@ -66,7 +68,6 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 *~
 *.pyc
 *.log
-src/po/vim.pot
 src/tags
 /tags
 /GPATH

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Patches are welcome in whatever form.
 Discussions about patches happen on the [vim-dev][0] mailing list.
 If you create a pull request on GitHub it will be
-forwarded to the vim-dev mailing list.  You can also send your patch there
+forwarded to the vim-dev mailing list. You can also send your patch there
 directly (but please note, the initial posting is subject to moderation).
 In that case an attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
 Information about the mailing list can be found [on the Vim website][0]
@@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ A pull request has the advantage that it will trigger the Continuous
 Integration tests, you will be warned of problems (you can ignore the coverage
 warning, it's noisy).
 
-Please consider adding a test.  All new functionality should be tested and bug
+Please consider adding a test. All new functionality should be tested and bug
 fixes should be tested for regressions: the test should fail before the fix and
-pass after the fix.  Look through recent patches for examples and find help
-with ":help testing".  The tests are located under "src/testdir".
+pass after the fix. Look through recent patches for examples and find help
+with ":help testing". The tests are located under "src/testdir".
 
-Contributions will be distributed with Vim under the Vim license.  Providing a
+Contributions will be distributed with Vim under the Vim license. Providing a
 change to be included implies that you agree with this and your contribution
-does not cause us trouble with trademarks or patents.  There is no CLA to sign.
+does not cause us trouble with trademarks or patents. There is no CLA to sign.
 
 ## Signing-off commits
 
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ While not required, it's recommended to use **Signed-off commits** to ensure
 transparency, accountability, and compliance with open-source best practices.
 Signed-off commits follow the [Developer Certificate of Origin (DCO)][15],
 which confirms that contributors have the right to submit their changes under
-the project's license.  This process adds a `Signed-off-by` line to commit
+the project's license. This process adds a `Signed-off-by` line to commit
 messages, verifying that the contributor agrees to the project's licensing
-terms.  To sign off a commit, simply use the -s flag when committing:
+terms. To sign off a commit, simply use the -s flag when committing:
 
 ```sh
 git commit -s
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ git commit -s
 
 This ensures that every contribution is properly documented and traceable,
 aligning with industry standards used in projects like the Linux Kernel or
-the git project.  By making Signed-off commits a standard practice, we help
+the git project. By making Signed-off commits a standard practice, we help
 maintain a legally compliant and well-governed codebase while fostering trust
 within our contributor community.
 
@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ approvers are happy with that particular change.
 
 # Reporting issues
 
-We use GitHub issues, but that is not a requirement.  Writing to the Vim
+We use GitHub [issues][17], but that is not a requirement. Writing to the Vim
 mailing list is also fine.
 
 Please use the GitHub issues only for actual issues. If you are not 100% sure
 that your problem is a Vim issue, please first discuss this on the Vim user
-mailing list.  Try reproducing the problem without any of your plugins or settings:
+mailing list. Try reproducing the problem without any of your plugins or settings:
 
     vim --clean
 
@@ -72,39 +72,56 @@ Or open [the todo file][todo list] on GitHub to see the latest version.
 
 The latest version of these files can be obtained from the repository.
 They are usually not updated with numbered patches. However, they may
-or may not work with older Vim releases (since they may contain new features).
+or may not work with older Vim releases (since they may depend on new
+features).
 
 If you find a problem with one of these files or have a suggestion for
 improvement, please first try to contact the maintainer directly.
 Look in the header of the file for the name, email address, github handle and/or
-upstream repository.  You may also check the [MAINTAINERS][11] file.
+upstream repository. You may also check the [MAINTAINERS][11] file.
 
 The maintainer will take care of issues and send updates to the Vim project for
 distribution with Vim.
 
-If the maintainer does not respond, contact the [vim-dev][0] mailing list.
+If the maintainer does not respond, contact the [vim-dev][0] mailing list or
+open an [issue][17] here.
+
+Note: Whether or not to use Vim9 script is up to the maintainer. For runtime
+files maintained here, we aim to preserve compatibility with Neovim if
+possible. Please wrap Vim9 script with a guard like this:
+```vim
+if has('vim9script')
+   " use Vim9 script implementation
+   [...]
+endif
+```
 
 ## Contributing new runtime files
 
 If you want to contribute new runtime files for Vim or Neovim, please create a
 PR with your changes against this repository here. For new filetypes, do not forget:
-* to add a new [filetype test][12] (keep it similar to the other filetype tests).
-* all configuration switches should be documented
+
+- to add a new [filetype test][12] (keep it similar to the other filetype tests).
+- all configuration switches should be documented
   (check [filetype.txt][13] and/or [syntax.txt][14] for filetype and syntax plugins)
-* add yourself as Maintainer to the top of file (again, keep the header similar to
+- add yourself as Maintainer to the top of file (again, keep the header similar to
   other runtime files)
-* add yourself to the [MAINTAINERS][11] file.
+- add yourself to the [MAINTAINERS][11] file.
+- add a guard `if has('vim9script')` if you like to maintain Neovim
+  compatibility but want to use Vim9 script (or restrict yourself to legacy Vim
+  script)
 
 # Translations
 
-Translating messages and runtime files is very much appreciated!  These things
+Translating messages and runtime files is very much appreciated! These things
 can be translated:
-*   Messages in Vim, see [src/po/README.txt][1]
-    Also used for the desktop icons.
-*   Menus, see [runtime/lang/README.txt][2]
-*   Vim tutor, see [runtime/tutor/README.txt][3]
-*   Manual pages, see [runtime/doc/\*.1][4] for examples
-*   Installer, see [nsis/lang/README.txt][5]
+
+- Messages in Vim, see [src/po/README.txt][1]
+  Also used for the desktop icons.
+- Menus, see [runtime/lang/README.txt][2]
+- Vim tutor, see [runtime/tutor/README.txt][3]
+- Manual pages, see [runtime/doc/\*.1][4] for examples
+- Installer, see [nsis/lang/README.txt][5]
 
 The help files can be translated and made available separately.
 See https://www.vim.org/translations.php for examples.
@@ -113,9 +130,11 @@ See https://www.vim.org/translations.php for examples.
 
 Please have a look at the following [discussion][6], which should give you some
 ideas. Please also check the [develop.txt][7] helpfile for the recommended
-style. Often it's also beneficial to check the surrounding code for the style
+coding style. Often it's also beneficial to check the surrounding code for the style
 being used.
 
+For the recommended documentation style, please check [helphelp.txt][16].
+
 # I have a question
 
 If you have some question on the style guide, please contact the [vim-dev][0]
@@ -139,3 +158,5 @@ mailing list. For other questions please use the [Vi Stack Exchange][8] website,
 [13]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
 [14]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/syntax.txt
 [15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Developer_Certificate_of_Origin
+[16]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/helphelp.txt
+[17]: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues

Filelist

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.github/workflows/ci.yml \
 		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
 		.github/workflows/coverity.yml \
+		.github/workflows/link-check.yml \
 		.github/actions/test_artifacts/action.yml \
 		.github/dependabot.yml \
 		.gitignore \
@@ -24,6 +25,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		ci/config.mk*.sed \
 		ci/if_ver*.vim \
 		ci/if_feat_check.vim \
+		ci/lychee.toml \
 		ci/setup-xvfb.sh \
 		ci/setup-sway.sh \
 		ci/remove_snap.sh \
@@ -80,6 +82,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/findfile.c \
 		src/float.c \
 		src/fold.c \
+		src/fuzzy.c \
 		src/getchar.c \
 		src/gc.c \
 		src/globals.h \
@@ -177,6 +180,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/vim9compile.c \
 		src/vim9execute.c \
 		src/vim9expr.c \
+		src/vim9generics.c \
 		src/vim9instr.c \
 		src/vim9script.c \
 		src/vim9type.c \
@@ -184,63 +188,67 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
-		src/testdir/gen_opt_test.vim \
-		src/testdir/README.txt \
-		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/*.py \
-		src/testdir/keycode_check.vim \
-		src/testdir/keycode_check.json \
-		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
-		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
-		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
-		src/testdir/check.vim \
+		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
+		src/testdir/README.txt \
 		src/testdir/commondumps.vim \
-		src/testdir/gui_init.vim \
-		src/testdir/gui_preinit.vim \
-		src/testdir/mouse.vim \
-		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
-		src/testdir/screendump.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup.vim \
-		src/testdir/setup_gui.vim \
-		src/testdir/shared.vim \
-		src/testdir/vim9.vim \
-		src/testdir/script_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/summarize.vim \
-		src/testdir/term_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
-		src/testdir/viewdumps.vim \
-		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
-		src/testdir/test77a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test77a.com \
-		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
+		src/testdir/crash/* \
+		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
+		src/testdir/dumps/*.vim \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.json \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.vim \
+		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python3/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/__init__.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/__init__.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/subsubmodule/__init__.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/subsubmodule/subsubsubmodule.py \
-		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
-		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pyxfile/*.py \
-		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
-		src/testdir/dumps/*.vim \
+		src/testdir/ru_RU/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile \
+		src/testdir/ru_RU/LC_MESSAGES/__PACKAGE__.mo \
+		src/testdir/ru_RU/LC_MESSAGES/__PACKAGE__.po \
+		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.html \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.vim \
+		src/testdir/samples/evil.zip \
+		src/testdir/samples/evil.tar \
 		src/testdir/samples/poc.zip \
-		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
+		src/testdir/samples/sample.tar \
 		src/testdir/samples/test.zip \
+		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
 		src/testdir/samples/test_undo.txt.undo \
 		src/testdir/samples/testa.zip \
-		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
+		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/silent.wav \
-		src/testdir/popupbounce.vim \
-		src/testdir/crash/* \
-		src/testdir/ru_RU/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile \
-		src/testdir/ru_RU/LC_MESSAGES/__PACKAGE__.po \
-		src/testdir/ru_RU/LC_MESSAGES/__PACKAGE__.mo \
+		src/testdir/test77a.com \
+		src/testdir/test77a.ok \
+		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
+		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
+		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
+		src/testdir/util/check.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/color_ramp.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/gen_opt_test.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/gui_init.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/gui_preinit.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/mouse.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/popupbounce.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/screendump.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/script_util.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/setup.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/setup_gui.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/shared.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/summarize.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/term_util.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/view_util.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/vim9.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/window_manager.vim \
+		src/testdir/viewdumps.vim \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/protodef.h \
 		src/proto/alloc.pro \
@@ -284,6 +292,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/findfile.pro \
 		src/proto/float.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
+		src/proto/fuzzy.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
 		src/proto/gc.pro \
 		src/proto/gui.pro \
@@ -358,6 +367,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9expr.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9generics.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9instr.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9script.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9type.pro \
@@ -490,6 +500,12 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_xmebwp.h \
 		src/gui_x11.c \
 		src/gui_x11_pm.h \
+		src/auto/wayland/README.txt \
+		src/auto/wayland/Makefile \
+		src/auto/wayland/protocols/ext-data-control-v1.xml \
+		src/auto/wayland/protocols/wlr-data-control-unstable-v1.xml \
+		src/auto/wayland/protocols/xdg-shell.xml \
+		src/auto/wayland/protocols/primary-selection-unstable-v1.xml \
 		src/if_xcmdsrv.c \
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
@@ -508,18 +524,21 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
+		src/proto/wayland.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
 		src/proto/os_unix.pro \
 		src/proto/pty.pro \
 		src/pty.c \
 		src/testdir/Makefile \
-		src/testdir/unix.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/unix.vim \
 		src/toolcheck \
 		src/vim_icon.xbm \
 		src/vim_mask.xbm \
 		src/vimtutor \
 		src/gvimtutor \
+		src/wayland.c \
 		src/which.sh \
+		src/gen-wayland-protocols.sh \
 		src/xxd/Makefile \
 
 # Source files for both MS Windows and Unix-like.
@@ -605,7 +624,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_dos.mak \
 		src/testdir/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/testdir/Make_ming.mak \
-		src/testdir/dos.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/dos.vim \
 		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.rc \
 		src/vim.manifest \
@@ -658,7 +677,7 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		src/os_amiga.h \
 		src/proto/os_amiga.pro \
 		src/testdir/Make_amiga.mak \
-		src/testdir/amiga.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/amiga.vim \
 		src/xxd/Make_amiga.mak \
 
 # Source files for Haiku (also in the extra archive).
@@ -689,7 +708,7 @@ SRC_VMS =	\
 		src/os_vms_mms.c \
 		src/proto/os_vms.pro \
 		src/testdir/Make_vms.mms \
-		src/testdir/vms.vim \
+		src/testdir/util/vms.vim \
 		src/xxd/Make_vms.mms \
 		vimtutor.com \
 
@@ -780,7 +799,6 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/tools/[a-z]*[a-z0-9] \
 		runtime/tutor/README.txt \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/en/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/en/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
 		runtime/tutor/en/vim-02-beginner.tutor \
@@ -789,7 +807,6 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.tutor.json \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.vim \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor2 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor2.utf-8 \
 		runtime/vimrc_example.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/cfilter/plugin/cfilter.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/comment/plugin/comment.vim \
@@ -831,7 +848,6 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw/fs.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw/os.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw/msg.vim \
-		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrwSettings.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/doc/netrw.txt \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim \
@@ -934,7 +950,6 @@ RT_DOS =	\
 		README_dos.txt \
 		runtime/doc/Make_mvc.mak \
 		runtime/indent/Make_mvc.mak \
-		runtime/tutor/Make_mvc.mak \
 		runtime/lang/Make_mvc.mak \
 		vimtutor.bat \
 
@@ -1088,8 +1103,6 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/keymap/README.txt \
 		runtime/keymap/*.vim \
 		runtime/tutor/README.*.txt \
-		runtime/tutor/Makefile \
-		runtime/tutor/Make_all.mak \
 		runtime/tutor/it/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/it/vim-01-beginner.tutor.json \
 		runtime/tutor/ru/vim-01-beginner.tutor \
@@ -1101,19 +1114,9 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-02-beginner.tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/sr/vim-02-beginner.tutor.json \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.?? \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.utf-8 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.euc \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.sjis \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.iso9 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.big5 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.cp1250 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.cp1251 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??.cp737 \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??_??.utf-8 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor1.??_?? \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor1.bar \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor1.bar.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor2.?? \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor2.??.utf-8 \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \
@@ -1157,6 +1160,7 @@ LANG_SRC = \
 		src/po/sjiscorr.c \
 		src/po/big5corr.c \
 		src/po/*.po \
+		src/po/vim.pot \
 
 # The language files for the Win32 lang archive.
 LANG_DOS = \

Makefile

@@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - With these features: "make depend" (works best with gcc).
 # - If you have a lint program: "make lint" and check the output (ignore GTK
 #   warnings).
+# - compile release versions using -DNDEBUG to disable assert()s
 # - If you have valgrind, enable it in src/testdir/Makefile and run "make
 #   test".  Enable EXITFREE, disable GUI, scheme and tcl to avoid false alarms.
 #   Check the valgrind output.

README.md

@@ -32,6 +32,10 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
+Vim also aims to provide a (mostly) POSIX-compatible vi implementation, when
+compiled with a minimal feature set (typically called vim.tiny), which is used
+by many Linux distributions as the default vi editor.
+
 Vim runs under MS-Windows (7, 8, 10, 11), macOS, Haiku, VMS and almost all
 flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
 Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP/Vista,

README.txt

@@ -15,6 +15,10 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
+Vim also aims to provide a (mostly) POSIX-compatible vi implementation, when
+compiled with a minimal feature set (typically called vim.tiny), which is used
+by many Linux distributions as the default vi editor.
+
 Vim runs under MS-Windows (7, 8, 10, 11), macOS, Haiku, VMS and almost all
 flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
 Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP/Vista,

ci/lychee.toml

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#############################  Runtime  #############################
+
+# Reasonable concurrency to avoid rate-limiting small hosts.
+max_concurrency = 14
+
+# File extensions to scan
+extensions = ["c", "h", "md", "html", "txt"]
+
+#############################  Requests  ############################
+
+# Accepted status codes
+# - Include 429 (Too Many Requests) to avoid marking throttled links as dead.
+accept = ["100..=103", "200..=299", "429"]
+
+# Retry each request a few times on transient network errors
+retries = 2
+retry_wait_time = 2
+
+# Timeout per request in seconds
+timeout = 20
+
+#############################  Exclusions  ##########################
+
+exclude = [
+  '^https?://sys/file$',
+  '^file://.*',
+  '^https?://(www\.)?badges\.debian\.net/.*$',
+  '^https?://(www\.)?repology\.org/.*$',
+  '^https?://scan\.coverity\.com/.*$',
+  '^https?://(www\.)?img\.shields\.io/.*$',
+  '^https?://(www\.)?fossies\.org/.*$',
+  '^https?://(www\.)?adobe\.com.*$',
+  '^https?://(www\.)?google\.com.*$',
+  '^https?://(www\.)?forum\.vmssoftware\.com/.*$',
+  '^http://vim\.sourceforge\.net/scripts/script\.php\?script_id=40$',
+  '^https://is\.gd/.*$',
+  '^https://wiki\.contextgarden\.net/Vim$',
+  '^https://github\.com/you/foobar\.git$',
+  '^https?://flatassembler\.net',
+  '^https?://www\.fleiner\.com/vim/download.html',
+]
+
+# Lychee only reads UTF-8 files
+exclude_path = [
+  'src/po',
+  'src/testdir',
+]

ci/setup-sway.sh

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-set -e
-
-# Using a systemd user service doesn't work because it seems like github actions
-# doesn't support user sessions? Just run sway in the background and disown it.
-WLR_BACKENDS=headless sway &
-disown

lang/README.ru.txt

@@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ README.ru.txt для версии 9.1 программы Vim — Vi IMproved.
 функциональные клавиши клавиатуры необходимые команды, и использовать
 манипулятор «мышь».
 
+В редакторе Vim также обеспечивается (насколько это возможно) совместимость
+с POSIX-реализацией редактора vi, если он скомпилирован с минимальным набором
+функционала (обычно называемый vim.tiny). Данная сборка чаще всего используется
+во многих дистрибутивах Linux в качестве предустановленного редактора vi.
+
 Редактор Vim работает в ОС MS Windows (7, 8, 10, 11), macOS, Haiku, VMS и
 практически во всех UNIX-подобных системах.  А перенос на другие платформы не
 должен представлять особой сложности.
@@ -36,7 +41,7 @@ MS Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP/Vista, AmigaDOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS и RISC OS.
 возможностей.
 
 Существуют отдельные версии для Unix, PC, Amiga и некоторых других систем.
-Данный файл README.rux.txt поставляется вместе с архивом рабочих файлов
+Данный файл README.ru.txt поставляется вместе с архивом рабочих файлов
 программы.  Этот архив включает в себя документацию, файлы подсветки синтаксиса
 и другие файлы, которые используются редактором во время работы.  Чтобы
 запустить программу Vim, вы должны получить либо архив с исполняемыми файлами,
@@ -96,7 +101,7 @@ README_vms.txt		VMS
 Редактор Vim является благотворительным программным обеспечением.
 Использование и копирование программы Vim не ограничено, однако рекомендуется
 сделать добровольное пожертвование для нуждающихся детей в Уганде.  Чтобы узнать
-подробности, прочитайте, пожалуйста, файл "runtime/doc/uganda.rux" (введите
+подробности, прочитайте, пожалуйста, файл "runtime/doc/uganda.txt" (введите
 команду ":help uganda" в редакторе Vim).
 
 Краткое описание лицензии.
@@ -116,7 +121,7 @@ README_vms.txt		VMS
 над редактором Vim можно с помощью оказания финансовой поддержки.
 
 Пожертвованные вами деньги будут в основном направлены на оказание помощи детям
-Уганды, см. "runtime/doc/uganda.rux".  Однако в любом случае финансирование
+Уганды, см. "runtime/doc/uganda.txt".  Однако в любом случае финансирование
 будет способствовать повышению заинтересованности команды разработчиков
 в продолжении работы над редактором Vim!
 

nsis/Make_mvc.mak

@@ -46,6 +46,10 @@ MKNSISFLAGS = $(MKNSISFLAGS) /DHAVE_MULTI_LANG=$(HAVE_MULTI_LANG)
 MKNSISFLAGS = $(MKNSISFLAGS) /DWIN64=$(WIN64)
 !ENDIF
 
+!IFDEF ARM64
+MKNSISFLAGS = $(MKNSISFLAGS) /DARM64=$(ARM64)
+!ENDIF
+
 !IFDEF INCLUDE_LIBGCC
 MKNSISFLAGS = $(MKNSISFLAGS) /DINCLUDE_LIBGCC=$(INCLUDE_LIBGCC)
 !ENDIF

nsis/Makefile

@@ -39,6 +39,10 @@ ifdef WIN64
 MKNSISFLAGS := $(MKNSISFLAGS) -DWIN64=$(WIN64)
 endif
 
+ifdef ARM64
+MKNSISFLAGS := $(MKNSISFLAGS) -DARM64=$(ARM64)
+endif
+
 ifdef INCLUDE_LIBGCC
 MKNSISFLAGS := $(MKNSISFLAGS) -DINCLUDE_LIBGCC=$(INCLUDE_LIBGCC)
 endif

nsis/README.txt

@@ -101,6 +101,8 @@ Variables and their values available for building the installer (not mandatory):
     "HAVE_NLS=0"	— do not add native language support.
     "HAVE_MULTI_LANG=0" — to create an English-only the installer.
     "WIN64=1"		— to create a 64-bit the installer.
+    "ARM64=1"		— to create the installer for ARM64. The WIN64 variable
+			    must be set to 1.
     "X=<scriptcmd>"	— executes scriptcmd in script.  If multiple scriptcmd
 			    are specified, they are separated by a semicolon.
 			    Example "X=OutFile MyVim.exe;XPMode on"

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -53,6 +53,18 @@ Unicode true
   !define WIN64 0
 !endif
 
+# if you want to create the installer for ARM64, use the /DARM64=1 on
+# the command line makensis.exe. This property will be set to 1.
+!ifndef ARM64
+  !define ARM64 0
+!else
+  !if ${ARM64} > 0
+    !if ${WIN64} < 1
+      !define /redef WIN64 1
+    !endif
+  !endif
+!endif
+
 # if you don't want to include libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll in the package, use the
 # switch /DINCLUDE_LIBGCC=0 on the command line makensis.exe.
 !ifndef INCLUDE_LIBGCC
@@ -113,9 +125,13 @@ ${StrRep}
 !define UNINST_REG_KEY_VIM  "${UNINST_REG_KEY}\${PRODUCT}"
 
 !if ${WIN64}
-Name "${PRODUCT} (x64)"
+  !if ${ARM64}
+    Name "${PRODUCT} (ARM64)"
+  !else
+    Name "${PRODUCT} (x64)"
+  !endif
 !else
-Name "${PRODUCT}"
+  Name "${PRODUCT}"
 !endif
 OutFile gvim${VER_MAJOR}${VER_MINOR}.exe
 CRCCheck force
@@ -498,7 +514,7 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File ${VIMRT}\tools\*.*
 
 	SetOutPath $0\tutor
-	File /x Makefile /x *.info ${VIMRT}\tutor\*.*
+	File /r /x *.info ${VIMRT}\tutor\*.*
 SectionEnd
 
 ##########################################################

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script noclear
 # Vim completion script
 # Language:	C
 # Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:	2024 Jun 06
+# Last Change:	2025 Jul 24
 #		Rewritten in Vim9 script by github user lacygoill
 # Former Maintainer:   Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
@@ -121,6 +121,10 @@ export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
     endif
   endwhile
 
+  if complete_check()
+      return v:none
+  endif
+
   # Find the variable items[0].
   # 1. in current function (like with "gd")
   # 2. in tags file(s) (like with ":tag")
@@ -135,6 +139,9 @@ export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
       # Handle multiple declarations on the same line.
       var col2: number = col - 1
       while line[col2] != ';'
+        if complete_check()
+            return res
+        endif
         --col2
       endwhile
       line = line[col2 + 1 :]
@@ -145,6 +152,9 @@ export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
       # declaration.
       var col2: number = col - 1
       while line[col2] != ','
+        if complete_check()
+            return res
+        endif
         --col2
       endwhile
       if line[col2 + 1 : col - 1] =~ ' *[^ ][^ ]*  *[^ ]'
@@ -215,6 +225,9 @@ export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
 
     res = []
     for i: number in len(diclist)->range()
+      if complete_check()
+          return res
+      endif
       # New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
       if diclist[i]->has_key('typename')
         res = res->extend(diclist[i]['typename']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
@@ -246,6 +259,9 @@ export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
   var last: number = len(items) - 1
   var brackets: string = ''
   while last >= 0
+    if complete_check()
+        return res
+    endif
     if items[last][0] != '['
       break
     endif
@@ -311,6 +327,9 @@ def Dict2info(dict: dict<any>): string # {{{1
 # Use all the items in dictionary for the "info" entry.
   var info: string = ''
   for k: string in dict->keys()->sort()
+    if complete_check()
+        return info
+    endif
     info  ..= k .. repeat(' ', 10 - strlen(k))
     if k == 'cmd'
       info ..= dict['cmd']
@@ -346,6 +365,9 @@ def ParseTagline(line: string): dict<any> # {{{1
       endwhile
     endif
     for i: number in range(n + 1, len(l) - 1)
+      if complete_check()
+        return d
+      endif
       if l[i] == 'file:'
         d['static'] = 1
       elseif l[i] !~ ':'
@@ -441,6 +463,9 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
   # Try to recognize the type of the variable.  This is rough guessing...
   var res: list<dict<string>>
   for tidx: number in len(tokens)->range()
+    if complete_check()
+        return res
+    endif
 
     # Skip tokens starting with a non-ID character.
     if tokens[tidx] !~ '^\h'
@@ -467,6 +492,11 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
     # Use the tags file to find out if this is a typedef.
     var diclist: list<dict<any>> = taglist('^' .. tokens[tidx] .. '$')
     for tagidx: number in len(diclist)->range()
+
+      if complete_check()
+        return res
+      endif
+
       var item: dict<any> = diclist[tagidx]
 
       # New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
@@ -559,6 +589,9 @@ def StructMembers( # {{{1
   endif
   if !cached
     while 1
+      if complete_check()
+        return []
+      endif
       execute 'silent! keepjumps noautocmd '
         .. n .. 'vimgrep ' .. '/\t' .. typename .. '\(\t\|$\)/j '
         .. fnames
@@ -581,6 +614,9 @@ def StructMembers( # {{{1
   var idx: number = 0
   var target: string
   while 1
+    if complete_check()
+        return []
+    endif
     if idx >= len(items)
       target = ''  # No further items, matching all members
       break
@@ -619,6 +655,9 @@ def StructMembers( # {{{1
     # Skip over next [...] items
     ++idx
     while 1
+      if complete_check()
+        return matches
+      endif
       if idx >= len(items)
         return matches  # No further items, return the result.
       endif
@@ -646,6 +685,9 @@ def SearchMembers( # {{{1
 # When "all" is true find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any member.
   var res: list<dict<string>>
   for i: number in len(matches)->range()
+    if complete_check()
+        return res
+    endif
     var typename: string = ''
     var line: string
     if matches[i]->has_key('dict')

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:		The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:		2025 Apr 21
+# Last Change:		2025 Jul 09
 # Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
@@ -30,12 +30,8 @@ export def Check_inp()
 enddef
 
 # This function checks for the kind of assembly that is wanted by the user, or
-# can be detected from the first five lines of the file.
+# can be detected from the beginning of the file.
 export def FTasm()
-  # tiasm uses `* commment`
-  if join(getline(1, 10), "\n") =~ '\%(\%(^\|\n\)\*\|Texas Instruments Incorporated\)'
-    setf tiasm
-  endif
   # make sure b:asmsyntax exists
   if !exists("b:asmsyntax")
     b:asmsyntax = ""
@@ -65,9 +61,30 @@ export def FTasmsyntax()
   var match = matchstr(head, '\sasmsyntax=\zs[a-zA-Z0-9]\+\ze\s')
   if match != ''
     b:asmsyntax = match
-  elseif ((head =~? '\.title') || (head =~? '\.ident') || (head =~? '\.macro') || (head =~? '\.subtitle') || (head =~? '\.library'))
-    b:asmsyntax = "vmasm"
+    return
   endif
+  # Use heuristics
+  var is_slash_star_encountered = false
+  var i = 1
+  const n = min([50, line("$")])
+  while i <= n
+    const line = getline(i)
+    if line =~ '^/\*'
+      is_slash_star_encountered = true
+    endif
+    if line =~# '^; Listing generated by Microsoft' || line =~? '^\%(\%(CONST\|_BSS\|_DATA\|_TEXT\)\s\+SEGMENT\>\)\|\s*\.[2-6]86P\?\>\|\s*\.XMM\>'
+      b:asmsyntax = "masm"
+      return
+    elseif line =~ 'Texas Instruments Incorporated' || (line =~ '^\*' && !is_slash_star_encountered)
+      # tiasm uses `* commment`, but detection is unreliable if '/*' is seen
+      b:asmsyntax = "tiasm"
+      return
+    elseif ((line =~? '\.title\>\|\.ident\>\|\.macro\>\|\.subtitle\>\|\.library\>'))
+      b:asmsyntax = "vmasm"
+      return
+    endif
+    i += 1
+  endwhile
 enddef
 
 var ft_visual_basic_content = '\c^\s*\%(Attribute\s\+VB_Name\|Begin\s\+\%(VB\.\|{\%(\x\+-\)\+\x\+}\)\)'
@@ -184,9 +201,18 @@ enddef
 export def FTll()
   if getline(1) =~ ';\|\<source_filename\>\|\<target\>'
     setf llvm
-  else
-    setf lifelines
+    return
   endif
+  var n = 1
+  while n < 100 && n <= line("$")
+    var line = getline(n)
+    if line =~ '^\s*%'
+      setf lex
+      return
+    endif
+    n += 1
+  endwhile
+  setf lifelines
 enddef
 
 export def FTlpc()

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ vim9script
 # Invoked from "scripts.vim" in 'runtimepath'
 #
 # Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:	2025 Apr 24
+# Last Change:	2025 Aug 09
 # Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 export def DetectFiletype()
@@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ def DetectFromText(line1: string)
 
   # ELM Mail files
   elseif line1 =~ '^From \([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9\.=-]*\(@[^ ]*\)\=\|-\) .* \(19\|20\)\d\d$'
+      || line1 =~ '^\creturn-path:\s<.*@.*>$'
     setl ft=mail
 
   # Mason
@@ -286,6 +287,7 @@ def DetectFromText(line1: string)
     # Diff file:
     # - "diff" in first line (context diff)
     # - "Only in " in first line
+    # - "34,35c34,35" normal diff format output
     # - "--- " in first line and "+++ " in second line (unified diff).
     # - "*** " in first line and "--- " in second line (context diff).
     # - "# It was generated by makepatch " in the second line (makepatch diff).
@@ -294,7 +296,7 @@ def DetectFromText(line1: string)
     # - "=== ", "--- ", "+++ " (bzr diff, common case)
     # - "=== (removed|added|renamed|modified)" (bzr diff, alternative)
     # - "# HG changeset patch" in first line (Mercurial export format)
-  elseif line1 =~ '^\(diff\>\|Only in \|\d\+\(,\d\+\)\=[cda]\d\+\>\|# It was generated by makepatch \|Index:\s\+\f\+\r\=$\|===== \f\+ \d\+\.\d\+ vs edited\|==== //\f\+#\d\+\|# HG changeset patch\)'
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\(diff\>\|Only in \|\d\+\(,\d\+\)\=[cda]\d\+\(,\d\+\)\=\>$\|# It was generated by makepatch \|Index:\s\+\f\+\r\=$\|===== \f\+ \d\+\.\d\+ vs edited\|==== //\f\+#\d\+\|# HG changeset patch\)'
 	 || (line1 =~ '^--- ' && line2 =~ '^+++ ')
 	 || (line1 =~ '^\* looking for ' && line2 =~ '^\* comparing to ')
 	 || (line1 =~ '^\*\*\* ' && line2 =~ '^--- ')
@@ -453,6 +455,12 @@ def DetectFromText(line1: string)
   elseif line1 =~ '^#n\%($\|\s\)'
     setl ft=sed
 
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#\s\+Reconstructed via infocmp from file:'
+    setl ft=terminfo
+
+  elseif line1 =~ '^File: .*\.info,  Node: .*,  \%(Next\|Prev\): .*,  Up: \|This is the top of the INFO tree.'
+    setl ft=info
+
   else
     var lnum = 1
     while getline(lnum) =~ "^? " && lnum < line("$")

runtime/autoload/dist/vim9.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim runtime support library
 #
 # Maintainer:   The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:  2025 Jan 29
+# Last Change:  2025 Aug 15
 
 export def IsSafeExecutable(filetype: string, executable: string): bool
   if empty(exepath(executable))
@@ -121,6 +121,11 @@ def Viewer(): string
 enddef
 
 export def Open(file: string)
+  # disable shellslash for shellescape, required on Windows #17995
+  if exists('+shellslash') && &shellslash
+    &shellslash = false
+    defer setbufvar('%', '&shellslash', true)
+  endif
   Launch($"{Viewer()} {shellescape(file, 1)}")
 enddef
 

runtime/autoload/dist/vimindent.vim

@@ -2,12 +2,9 @@ vim9script
 
 # Language:     Vim script
 # Maintainer:   github user lacygoill
-# Last Change:  2025 Apr 13
+# Last Change:  2025 Jul 25
 #
 # Includes changes from The Vim Project:
-#  - 2024 Feb 09: Fix indent after literal Dict (A. Radev via #13966)
-#  - 2024 Nov 08: Fix indent after :silent! function (D. Kearns via #16009)
-#  - 2024 Dec 26: Fix indent for enums (Jim Zhou via #16293)
 
 # NOTE: Whenever you change the code, make sure the tests are still passing:
 #
@@ -23,9 +20,8 @@ def IndentMoreInBracketBlock(): number # {{{2
     if get(g:, 'vim_indent', {})
             ->get('more_in_bracket_block', false)
         return shiftwidth()
-    else
-        return 0
     endif
+    return 0
 enddef
 
 def IndentMoreLineContinuation(): number # {{{2
@@ -35,9 +31,8 @@ def IndentMoreLineContinuation(): number # {{{2
 
     if n->typename() == 'string'
         return n->eval()
-    else
-        return n
     endif
+    return n
 enddef
 # }}}2
 
@@ -145,7 +140,7 @@ const HEREDOC_OPERATOR: string = '\s=<<\s\@=\%(\s\+\%(trim\|eval\)\)\{,2}'
 
 # A better regex would be:
 #
-#     [^-+*/%.:# \t[:alnum:]\"|]\@=.\|->\@!\%(=\s\)\@!\|[+*/%]\%(=\s\)\@!
+#     [^-+*/%.:#[:blank:][:alnum:]\"|]\|->\@!\%(=\s\)\@!\|[+*/%]\%(=\s\)\@!
 #
 # But sometimes, it can be too costly and cause `E363` to be given.
 const PATTERN_DELIMITER: string = '[-+*/%]\%(=\s\)\@!'
@@ -193,10 +188,9 @@ const MODIFIERS: dict<string> = {
 patterns =<< trim eval END
     argdo\>!\=
     bufdo\>!\=
-    cdo\>!\=
+    [cl]f\=do\>!\=
     folddoc\%[losed]\>
     foldd\%[oopen]\>
-    ldo\=\>!\=
     tabdo\=\>
     windo\>
     au\%[tocmd]\>!\=.*
@@ -290,9 +284,9 @@ patterns = []
     for kwds: list<string> in BLOCKS
         for kwd: string in kwds[0 : -2]
             if MODIFIERS->has_key(kwd->Unshorten())
-                patterns += [$'\%({MODIFIERS[kwd]}\)\={kwd}']
+                patterns->add($'\%({MODIFIERS[kwd]}\)\={kwd}')
             else
-                patterns += [kwd]
+                patterns->add(kwd)
             endif
         endfor
     endfor
@@ -348,7 +342,8 @@ patterns =<< trim eval END
     {'\'}<argd\%[elete]\s\+\*\s*$
     \<[lt]\=cd!\=\s\+-\s*$
     \<norm\%[al]!\=\s*\S\+$
-    \%(\<sil\%[ent]!\=\s\+\)\=\<[nvxsoilct]\=\%(nore\|un\)map!\=\s
+    \%(\<sil\%[ent]!\=\s\+\)\=\<[nvxsoilct]\=\%(nore\|un\)\=map!\=\s
+    \<set\%(\%[global]\|\%[local]\)\>.*,$
     {PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND}
 END
 
@@ -430,6 +425,9 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     elseif line_A.lnum->IsRightBelow('HereDoc')
         var ind: number = b:vimindent.startindent
         unlet! b:vimindent
+        if line_A.text =~ ENDS_BLOCK_OR_CLAUSE
+            return ind - shiftwidth()
+        endif
         return ind
     endif
 
@@ -444,9 +442,8 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     if line_A.text =~ BACKSLASH_AT_SOL
         if line_B.text =~ BACKSLASH_AT_SOL
             return Indent(line_B.lnum)
-        else
-            return Indent(line_B.lnum) + IndentMoreLineContinuation()
         endif
+        return Indent(line_B.lnum) + IndentMoreLineContinuation()
     endif
 
     if line_A->AtStartOf('FuncHeader')
@@ -459,9 +456,8 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
         unlet! b:vimindent
         if line_A.text =~ ENDS_FUNCTION
             return startindent
-        else
-            return startindent + shiftwidth()
         endif
+        return startindent + shiftwidth()
     endif
 
     var past_bracket_block: dict<any>
@@ -542,8 +538,9 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
 
     if line_B.text =~ STARTS_CURLY_BLOCK
         return Indent(line_B.lnum) + shiftwidth() + IndentMoreInBracketBlock()
+    endif
 
-    elseif line_A.text =~ CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_SOL
+    if line_A.text =~ CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_SOL
         var start: number = MatchingOpenBracket(line_A)
         if start <= 0
             return -1
@@ -565,9 +562,8 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
         var block_start: number = SearchPairStart(start, middle, end)
         if block_start > 0
             return Indent(block_start)
-        else
-            return -1
         endif
+        return -1
     endif
 
     var base_ind: number
@@ -591,8 +587,7 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
         endif
     endif
 
-    var ind: number = base_ind + Offset(line_A, line_B)
-    return [ind, 0]->max()
+    return base_ind + Offset(line_A, line_B)
 enddef
 
 def g:GetVimIndent(): number # {{{2
@@ -611,29 +606,31 @@ def Offset( # {{{2
     if line_B->AtStartOf('FuncHeader')
             && IsInInterface()
         return 0
+    endif
 
     # increase indentation inside a block
-    elseif line_B.text =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK
+    if line_B.text =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK
             || line_B->EndsWithCurlyBlock()
         # But don't indent if the line starting the block also closes it.
         if line_B->AlsoClosesBlock()
             return 0
+        endif
         # Indent twice for  a line continuation in the block  header itself, so that
         # we can easily  distinguish the end of  the block header from  the start of
         # the block body.
-        elseif (line_B->EndsWithLineContinuation()
+        if (line_B->EndsWithLineContinuation()
                 && !line_A.isfirst)
                 || (line_A.text =~ LINE_CONTINUATION_AT_SOL
                 && line_A.text !~ PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND)
                 || line_A.text->Is_IN_KeywordForLoop(line_B.text)
             return 2 * shiftwidth()
-        else
-            return shiftwidth()
         endif
+        return shiftwidth()
+    endif
 
     # increase indentation of  a line if it's the continuation  of a command which
     # started on a previous line
-    elseif !line_A.isfirst
+    if !line_A.isfirst
             && (line_B->EndsWithLineContinuation()
             || line_A.text =~ LINE_CONTINUATION_AT_SOL)
             && !(line_B->EndsWithComma() && line_A.lnum->IsInside('EnumBlock'))
@@ -653,12 +650,11 @@ def HereDocIndent(line_A: string): number # {{{2
             # will need to be indented relative to the start of the heredoc.  It
             # must know where it starts; it needs the cache.
             return 0
-        else
-            var ind: number = b:vimindent.startindent
-            # invalidate the cache so that it's not used for the next heredoc
-            unlet! b:vimindent
-            return ind
         endif
+        var ind: number = b:vimindent.startindent
+        # invalidate the cache so that it's not used for the next heredoc
+        unlet! b:vimindent
+        return ind
     endif
 
     # In a non-trimmed heredoc, all of leading whitespace is semantic.
@@ -700,7 +696,7 @@ def HereDocIndent(line_A: string): number # {{{2
         b:vimindent.startindent = new_startindent
     endif
 
-    return [0, Indent(v:lnum) + b:vimindent.offset]->max()
+    return Indent(v:lnum) + b:vimindent.offset
 enddef
 
 def CommentIndent(): number # {{{2
@@ -727,9 +723,8 @@ def CommentIndent(): number # {{{2
     endif
     if getline(next) =~ ENDS_BLOCK
         return ind + shiftwidth()
-    else
-        return ind
     endif
+    return ind
 enddef
 
 def BracketBlockIndent(line_A: dict<any>, block: dict<any>): number # {{{2

runtime/autoload/rustfmt.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 " Author: Stephen Sugden <stephen@stephensugden.com>
 " Last Modified: 2023-09-11
-" Last Change:   2025 Mar 31 by Vim project (rename s:RustfmtConfigOptions())
+" Last Change:
+" 2025 Mar 31 by Vim project (rename s:RustfmtConfigOptions())
+" 2025 Jul 14 by Vim project (don't parse rustfmt version automatically #17745)
 "
 " Adapted from https://github.com/fatih/vim-go
 " For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim
@@ -22,6 +24,12 @@ if !exists("g:rustfmt_fail_silently")
 endif
 
 function! rustfmt#DetectVersion()
+    let s:rustfmt_version = "0"
+    let s:rustfmt_help = ""
+    let s:rustfmt_unstable_features = ""
+    if !get(g:, 'rustfmt_detect_version', 0)
+        return s:rustfmt_version
+    endif
     " Save rustfmt '--help' for feature inspection
     silent let s:rustfmt_help = system(g:rustfmt_command . " --help")
     let s:rustfmt_unstable_features = s:rustfmt_help =~# "--unstable-features"
@@ -30,9 +38,7 @@ function! rustfmt#DetectVersion()
     silent let l:rustfmt_version_full = system(g:rustfmt_command . " --version")
     let l:rustfmt_version_list = matchlist(l:rustfmt_version_full,
         \    '\vrustfmt ([0-9]+[.][0-9]+[.][0-9]+)')
-    if len(l:rustfmt_version_list) < 3
-        let s:rustfmt_version = "0"
-    else
+    if len(l:rustfmt_version_list) >= 3
         let s:rustfmt_version = l:rustfmt_version_list[1]
     endif
     return s:rustfmt_version
@@ -63,6 +69,12 @@ function! s:RustfmtWriteMode()
 endfunction
 
 function! rustfmt#RustfmtConfigOptions()
+    let default = '--edition 2018'
+
+    if !get(g:, 'rustfmt_find_toml', 0)
+        return default
+    endif
+
     let l:rustfmt_toml = findfile('rustfmt.toml', expand('%:p:h') . ';')
     if l:rustfmt_toml !=# ''
         return '--config-path '.shellescape(fnamemodify(l:rustfmt_toml, ":p"))
@@ -74,7 +86,7 @@ function! rustfmt#RustfmtConfigOptions()
     endif
 
     " Default to edition 2018 in case no rustfmt.toml was found.
-    return '--edition 2018'
+    return default
 endfunction
 
 function! s:RustfmtCommandRange(filename, line1, line2)

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@
 "                               instead of shelling out to file(1)
 "   2025 Apr 16 by Vim Project: decouple from netrw by adding s:WinPath()
 "   2025 May 19 by Vim Project: restore working directory after read/write
+"   2025 Jul 13 by Vim Project: warn with path traversal attacks
+"   2025 Jul 16 by Vim Project: update minimum vim version
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
@@ -34,9 +36,9 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
 let g:loaded_tar= "v32b"
-if v:version < 702
+if v:versionlong < 9011024
  echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
+ echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 9.1.1024"
  echohl Normal
  finish
 endif
@@ -46,10 +48,10 @@ set cpo&vim
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Default Settings: {{{1
 if !exists("g:tar_browseoptions")
- let g:tar_browseoptions= "Ptf"
+ let g:tar_browseoptions= "tf"
 endif
 if !exists("g:tar_readoptions")
- let g:tar_readoptions= "pPxf"
+ let g:tar_readoptions= "pxf"
 endif
 if !exists("g:tar_cmd")
  let g:tar_cmd= "tar"
@@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
 if !exists("g:tar_delfile")
+ " Note: not supported on BSD
  let g:tar_delfile="--delete -f"
 endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
@@ -106,10 +109,26 @@ if !exists("g:tar_shq")
  endif
 endif
 
+let g:tar_secure=' -- '
+let g:tar_leading_pat='^\%([.]\{,2\}/\)\+'
+
 " ----------------
 "  Functions: {{{1
 " ----------------
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:Msg: {{{2
+fun! s:Msg(func, severity, msg)
+  redraw!
+  if a:severity =~? 'error'
+    echohl Error 
+  else
+    echohl WarningMsg
+  endif
+  echo $"***{a:severity}*** ({a:func}) {a:msg}"
+  echohl None
+endfunc
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " tar#Browse: {{{2
 fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
@@ -118,16 +137,14 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
 
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
-   redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
+   call s:Msg('tar#Browse', 'error', $"{g:tar_cmd} not available on your system")
    let &report= repkeep
    return
   endif
   if !filereadable(a:tarfile)
    if a:tarfile !~# '^\a\+://'
     " if it's an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
-    redraw!
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
+    call s:Msg('tar#Browse', 'error', $"File not readable<{a:tarfile}>")
    endif
    let &report= repkeep
    return
@@ -203,28 +220,18 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    exe "sil! r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
   endif
   if v:shell_error != 0
-   redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) please check your g:tar_browseoptions<".g:tar_browseoptions.">"
+   call s:Msg('tar#Browse', 'warning', $"please check your g:tar_browseoptions '<{g:tar_browseoptions}>'")
    return
   endif
-  "
-  " The following should not be neccessary, since in case of errors the
-  " previous if statement should have caught the problem (because tar exited
-  " with a non-zero exit code).
-  " if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) &&
-  "       \ getline("$") =~# '\c\<\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)\>' &&
-  "       \ getline("$") =~  '\s' )
-  "  redraw!
-  "  echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
-  "  keepj sil! %d
-  "  let eikeep= &ei
-  "  set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
-  "  exe "r ".fnameescape(a:tarfile)
-  "  let &ei= eikeep
-  "  keepj sil! 1d
-  "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
-  "  return
-  " endif
+
+  " remove tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
+  " Note: the message could be localized
+  if search('^tar: ') > 0 || search(g:tar_leading_pat) > 0
+    call append(3,'" Note: Path Traversal Attack detected!')
+    let b:leading_slash = 1
+    " remove the message output
+    sil g/^tar: /d
+  endif
 
   " set up maps supported for tar
   setlocal noma nomod ro
@@ -243,12 +250,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   let repkeep= &report
   set report=10
   let fname= getline(".")
-
-  if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
-   redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
-   return
-  endif
+  let ls= get(b:, 'leading_slash', 0)
 
   " sanity check
   if fname =~ '^"'
@@ -270,7 +272,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
    wincmd _
   endif
   let s:tblfile_{winnr()}= curfile
-  call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.'::'.fname,1)
+  let b:leading_slash= ls
+  call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.'::'.fname)
   filetype detect
   set nomod
   exe 'com! -buffer -nargs=? -complete=file TarDiff	:call tar#Diff(<q-args>,"'.fnameescape(fname).'")'
@@ -280,26 +283,18 @@ endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " tar#Read: {{{2
-fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
+fun! tar#Read(fname)
   let repkeep= &report
   set report=10
   let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
   " be careful not to execute special crafted files
-  let escape_file = fname->fnameescape()
-
-  " changing the directory to the temporary earlier to allow tar to extract the file with permissions intact
-  if !exists("*mkdir")
-   redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system" | echohl None
-   let &report= repkeep
-   return
-  endif
+  let escape_file = fname->substitute(g:tar_leading_pat, '', '')->fnameescape()
 
   let curdir= getcwd()
+  let b:curdir= curdir
   let tmpdir= tempname()
-  let b:curdir= tmpdir
-  let b:tmpdir= curdir
+  let b:tmpdir= tmpdir
   if tmpdir =~ '\.'
    let tmpdir= substitute(tmpdir,'\.[^.]*$','','e')
   endif
@@ -309,8 +304,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   try
    exe "lcd ".fnameescape(tmpdir)
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
-   redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot lcd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
+   call s:Msg('tar#Read', 'error', "cannot lcd to temporary directory")
    let &report= repkeep
    return
   endtry
@@ -333,7 +327,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   elseif  fname =~ '\.bz3$' && executable("bz3cat")
    let decmp= "|bz3cat"
    let doro = 1
-  elseif      fname =~ '\.t\=gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.t\=gz$'  && executable("zcat")
    let decmp= "|zcat"
    let doro = 1
   elseif  fname =~ '\.lzma$' && executable("lzcat")
@@ -356,68 +350,66 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
    endif
   endif
 
-  if exists("g:tar_secure")
-   let tar_secure= " -- "
-  else
-   let tar_secure= " "
-  endif
 
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz3$'
-   exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
-   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   elseif tarfile =~# '\(\.tgz\|\.tbz\|\.txz\)'
    let filekind= s:Header(tarfile)
    if filekind =~? "bzip2"
-    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
     exe "read ".escape_file
    elseif filekind =~ "bzip3"
-    exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+    exe "sil! r! bzip3 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
     exe "read ".escape_file
    elseif filekind =~? "xz"
-    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
     exe "read ".escape_file
    elseif filekind =~? "zstd"
-    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
     exe "read ".escape_file
    elseif filekind =~? "gzip"
-    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
     exe "read ".escape_file
    endif
 
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
-   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
-   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
-   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(lz4\|tlz4\)$'
-   exe "sil! r! lz4 --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! lz4 --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
     " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions.shellescape(tarfile,1)." ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions.shellescape(tarfile,1)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    exe "read ".escape_file
   endif
+  if get(b:, 'leading_slash', 0)
+    sil g/^tar: /d
+  endif
 
    redraw!
 
-if v:shell_error != 0
+  if v:shell_error != 0
    lcd ..
    call s:Rmdir("_ZIPVIM_")
    exe "lcd ".fnameescape(curdir)
-   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Read) sorry, unable to open or extract ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
+   call s:Msg('tar#Read', 'error', $"sorry, unable to open or extract {tarfile} with {fname}")
   endif
 
   if doro
@@ -426,7 +418,6 @@ if v:shell_error != 0
   endif
 
   let b:tarfile= a:fname
-  exe "file tarfile::".fnameescape(fname)
 
   " cleanup
   keepj sil! 0d
@@ -434,7 +425,7 @@ if v:shell_error != 0
 
   let &report= repkeep
   exe "lcd ".fnameescape(curdir)
-  silent exe "file tarfile::".escape_file
+  silent exe "file tarfile::". fname->fnameescape()
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -446,22 +437,35 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let curdir= b:curdir
   let tmpdir= b:tmpdir
 
-  if !exists("g:tar_secure") && a:fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
-   redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#Write) rejecting tarfile member<'.a:fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
-   return
-  endif
-
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
    let &report= repkeep
    return
   endif
-
   let tarfile = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
 
+  if get(b:, 'leading_slash', 0)
+   call s:Msg('tar#Write', 'error', $"sorry, not attempting to update {tarfile} with {fname}")
+   let &report= repkeep
+   return
+  endif
+
+  if !isdirectory(fnameescape(tmpdir))
+    call mkdir(fnameescape(tmpdir), 'p')
+  endif
+  exe $"lcd {fnameescape(tmpdir)}"
+  if isdirectory("_ZIPVIM_")
+    call s:Rmdir("_ZIPVIM_")
+  endif
+  call mkdir("_ZIPVIM_")
+  lcd _ZIPVIM_
+  let dir = fnamemodify(fname, ':p:h')
+  if dir !~# '_ZIPVIM_$'
+    call mkdir(dir)
+  endif
+
   " handle compressed archives
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
    call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
@@ -500,8 +504,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   " Note: no support for name.tar.tbz/.txz/.tgz/.tlz4/.tzst
 
   if v:shell_error != 0
-   redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
+   call s:Msg('tar#Write', 'error', $"sorry, unable to update {tarfile} with {fname}")
   else
 
    if fname =~ '/'
@@ -519,28 +522,22 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
 
-   if exists("g:tar_secure")
-    let tar_secure= " -- "
-   else
-    let tar_secure= " "
-   endif
-   exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
+   " don't overwrite a file forcefully
+   exe "w ".fnameescape(fname)
    if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
 
    " delete old file from tarfile
-   call system(g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
+   " Note: BSD tar does not support --delete flag
+   call system(g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    redraw!
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
+    call s:Msg('tar#Write', 'error', $"sorry, unable to update {fnameescape(tarfile)} with {fnameescape(fname)} --delete not supported?")
    else
-
     " update tarfile with new file
-    call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
+    call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
     if v:shell_error != 0
-     redraw!
-     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
+     call s:Msg('tar#Write', 'error', $"sorry, unable to update {fnameescape(tarfile)} with {fnameescape(fname)}")
     elseif exists("compress")
      call system(compress)
      if exists("tgz")
@@ -581,6 +578,7 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
   if a:userfname != ""
    let fname= a:userfname
   endif
+  exe "lcd ".fnameescape(b:tmpdir). '/_ZIPVIM_'
   if filereadable(fname)
    " sets current file (from tarball) for diff'ing
    " splits window vertically
@@ -604,12 +602,6 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
   set report=10
   let fname= getline(".")
 
-  if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
-   redraw!
-   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
-   return
-  endif
-
   " sanity check
   if fname =~ '^"'
    let &report= repkeep
@@ -623,16 +615,16 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
   if filereadable(tarbase.".tar")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar {fname}: failed!")
    else
-    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ". fname
    endif
 
   elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tgz")
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tgz {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -641,7 +633,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.gz {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -650,7 +642,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tbz {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -659,7 +651,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.bz2 {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -668,7 +660,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz3 ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz3 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.bz3 {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -677,7 +669,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.txz {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -686,7 +678,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.xz {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -695,7 +687,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tzst ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tzst ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tzst {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -704,7 +696,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.zst ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.zst ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.zst {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -713,7 +705,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-I lz4","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tlz4 ".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tlz4 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tlz4 {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -722,7 +714,7 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-I lz4","")
    call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.lz4".shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.lz4 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.lz4 {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -735,15 +727,7 @@ endfun
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
-  if has("unix")
-   call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
-  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-   if &shell =~? "sh$"
-    call system("/bin/rm -rf -- ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
-   else
-    call system("del /S ".shellescape(a:fname,0))
-   endif
-  endif
+  call delete(a:fname, 'rf')
 endfun
 
 " s:FileHeader: {{{2

runtime/autoload/typst.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Language:    Typst
-" Previous Maintainer:  Gregory Anders
-" Maintainer:  Luca Saccarola <github.e41mv@aleeas.com>
-" Last Change: 2024 Dec 09
+" Previous Maintainer:  Luca Saccarola <github.e41mv@aleeas.com>
+" Maintainer: This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+" Last Change: 2025 Aug 05
 " Based on:    https://github.com/kaarmu/typst.vim
 
 function! typst#indentexpr() abort

runtime/autoload/vimcomplete.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+vim9script
+
+# Vim completion script
+# Language:    Vim script
+# Maintainer:  Maxim Kim <habamax@gmail.com>
+# Last Change: 2025-08-10
+#
+# Usage:
+# setlocal omnifunc=vimcomplete#Complete
+#
+# Simple complete function for Vim script
+
+var trigger: string = ""
+var prefix: string = ""
+
+
+def GetTrigger(line: string): list<any>
+    var result = ""
+    var result_len = 0
+
+    if line =~ '->\k*$'
+        result = 'function'
+    elseif line =~ '\v%(^|\s+)\&\k*$'
+        result = 'option'
+    elseif line =~ '[\[(]\s*$'
+        result = 'expression'
+    elseif line =~ '[lvgsb]:\k*$'
+        result = 'var'
+        result_len = 2
+    else
+        result = getcompletiontype(line) ?? 'cmdline'
+    endif
+    return [result, result_len]
+enddef
+
+export def Complete(findstart: number, base: string): any
+    if findstart > 0
+        var line = getline('.')->strpart(0, col('.') - 1)
+        var keyword = line->matchstr('\k\+$')
+        var stx = synstack(line('.'), col('.') - 1)->map('synIDattr(v:val, "name")')->join()
+        if stx =~? 'Comment' || (stx =~ 'String' && stx !~ 'vimStringInterpolationExpr')
+            return -2
+        endif
+        var trigger_len: number = 0
+        [trigger, trigger_len] = GetTrigger(line)
+        if keyword->empty() && trigger->empty()
+            return -2
+        endif
+        prefix = line
+        return line->len() - keyword->len() - trigger_len
+    endif
+
+    var items = []
+    if trigger == 'function'
+        items = getcompletion(base, 'function')
+            ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v, kind: 'v', menu: 'Function', dup: 0}))
+    elseif trigger == 'option'
+        items = getcompletion(base, 'option')
+            ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v, kind: 'v', menu: 'Option', dup: 0}))
+    elseif trigger == 'var'
+        items = getcompletion(base, 'var')
+            ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v, kind: 'v', menu: 'Variable', dup: 0}))
+    elseif trigger == 'expression'
+        items = getcompletion(base, 'expression')
+            ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v, kind: 'v', menu: 'Expression', dup: 0}))
+    elseif trigger == 'command'
+        var commands = getcompletion(base, 'command')
+            ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v, kind: 'v', menu: 'Command', dup: 0}))
+        var functions = getcompletion(base, 'function')
+            ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v, kind: 'v', menu: 'Function', dup: 0}))
+        items = commands + functions
+    else
+        items = getcompletion(prefix, 'cmdline')
+            ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v->matchstr('\k\+'), kind: 'v', dup: 0}))
+
+        if empty(items) && !empty(base)
+            items = getcompletion(base, 'expression')
+                ->mapnew((_, v) => ({word: v, kind: 'v', menu: 'Expression', dup: 0}))
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    return items->empty() ? v:none : items
+enddef

runtime/autoload/vimgoto.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+vim9script
+
+# Language:     Vim9 script
+# Contributers: @lacygoill
+#               Shane-XB-Qian
+# Last Change:  2025 Aug 13
+#
+# Vim Script to handle
+# :import, :packadd and :colorscheme
+# lines and allows to easily jump to it using gf
+#
+# see runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim
+
+# Interface {{{1
+export def Find(editcmd: string) #{{{2
+    var curline: string = getline('.')
+
+    if curline =~ '^\s*\%(:\s*\)\=packadd!\=\s'
+        HandlePackaddLine(editcmd, curline)
+        return
+    endif
+
+    if curline =~ '^\s*\%(:\s*\)\=colo\%[rscheme]\s'
+        HandleColoLine(editcmd, curline)
+        return
+    endif
+
+    if curline =~ '^\s*\%(:\s*\)\=import\s'
+        HandleImportLine(editcmd, curline)
+        return
+    endif
+
+    try
+        execute 'normal! ' .. editcmd
+    catch
+        Error(v:exception)
+    endtry
+enddef
+#}}}1
+# Core {{{1
+def HandlePackaddLine(editcmd: string, curline: string) #{{{2
+    var pat: string = '\s*\%(:\s*\)\=packadd!\=\s\+\zs\S\+\>\ze'
+    var plugin: string = curline
+        ->matchstr(pat)
+        ->substitute('^vim-\|\.vim$', '', 'g')
+
+    if plugin == ''
+        try
+            execute 'normal! ' .. editcmd .. 'zv'
+        catch
+            Error(v:exception)
+            return
+        endtry
+    else
+        var split: string = editcmd[0] == 'g' ? 'edit' : editcmd[1] == 'g' ? 'tabedit' : 'split'
+        var files: list<string> = getcompletion($'plugin/{plugin}', 'runtime')
+            ->map((_, fname: string) => fname->findfile(&rtp)->fnamemodify(':p'))
+            ->filter((_, path: string): bool => filereadable(path))
+        if empty(files)
+            echo 'Could not find any plugin file for ' .. string(plugin)
+            return
+        endif
+        files->Open(split)
+    endif
+enddef
+
+def HandleColoLine(editcmd: string, curline: string) #{{{2
+    var pat: string = '\s*\%(:\s*\)\=colo\%[rscheme]\s\+\zs\S\+\>\ze'
+    var colo: string = curline->matchstr(pat)
+
+    if colo == ''
+        try
+            execute 'normal! ' .. editcmd .. 'zv'
+        catch
+            Error(v:exception)
+            return
+        endtry
+    else
+        var split: string = editcmd[0] == 'g' ? 'edit' : editcmd[1] == 'g' ? 'tabedit' : 'split'
+        var files: list<string> = getcompletion($'colors/{colo}', 'runtime')
+            ->map((_, fname: string) => fname->findfile(&rtp)->fnamemodify(':p'))
+            ->filter((_, path: string): bool => filereadable(path))
+        if empty(files)
+            echo 'Could not find any colorscheme file for ' .. string(colo)
+            return
+        endif
+        files->Open(split)
+    endif
+enddef
+
+def HandleImportLine(editcmd: string, curline: string) #{{{2
+    var fname: string
+    var import_cmd: string = '^\s*\%(:\s*\)\=import\s\+\%(autoload\s\+\)\='
+    var import_alias: string = '\%(\s\+as\s\+\w\+\)\=$'
+    var import_string: string = import_cmd .. '\([''"]\)\zs.*\ze\1' .. import_alias
+    var import_expr: string = import_cmd .. '\zs.*\ze' .. import_alias
+    # the script is referred to by its name in a quoted string
+    if curline =~ import_string
+        fname = curline->matchstr(import_string)
+    # the script is referred to by an expression
+    elseif curline =~ import_expr
+        try
+            sandbox fname = curline
+                ->matchstr(import_expr)
+                ->eval()
+        catch
+            Error(v:exception)
+            return
+        endtry
+    endif
+
+    var filepath: string
+    if fname->isabsolutepath()
+        filepath = fname
+    elseif fname[0] == '.'
+        filepath = (expand('%:h') .. '/' .. fname)->simplify()
+    else
+        var subdir: string = curline =~ '^\s*import\s\+autoload\>' ? 'autoload' : 'import'
+        # Matching patterns in `'wildignore'` can be slow.
+        # Let's set `{nosuf}` to `true` to avoid `globpath()` to be slow.
+        filepath = globpath(&runtimepath, subdir .. '/' .. fname, true, true)
+            ->get(0, '')
+    endif
+
+    if !filepath->filereadable()
+        printf('E447: Can''t find file "%s" in path', fname)
+            ->Error()
+        return
+    endif
+
+    var how_to_split: string = {
+        gF: 'edit',
+        "\<C-W>F": 'split',
+        "\<C-W>gF": 'tab split',
+    }[editcmd]
+    execute how_to_split .. ' ' .. filepath
+enddef
+
+def Open(what: any, how: string) #{{{2
+    var fname: string
+    if what->typename() == 'list<string>'
+        if what->empty()
+            return
+        endif
+        fname = what[0]
+    else
+        if what->typename() != 'string'
+            return
+        endif
+        fname = what
+    endif
+
+    execute $'{how} {fname}'
+    cursor(1, 1)
+
+    # If there are several files to open, put them into an arglist.
+    if what->typename() == 'list<string>'
+            && what->len() > 1
+        var arglist: list<string> = what
+            ->copy()
+            ->map((_, f: string) => f->fnameescape())
+        execute $'arglocal {arglist->join()}'
+    endif
+enddef
+#}}}1
+# Util {{{1
+def Error(msg: string) #{{{2
+    echohl ErrorMsg
+    echomsg msg
+    echohl NONE
+enddef
+
+# vim: sw=4 et

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 " 2024 Aug 18 by Vim Project: correctly handle special globbing chars
 " 2024 Aug 21 by Vim Project: simplify condition to detect MS-Windows
 " 2025 Mar 11 by Vim Project: handle filenames with leading '-' correctly
+" 2025 Jul 12 by Vim Project: drop ../ on write to prevent path traversal attacks
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:	Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "		Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -236,59 +237,62 @@ endfun
 " zip#Write: {{{2
 fun! zip#Write(fname)
   let dict = s:SetSaneOpts()
+  let need_rename = 0
   defer s:RestoreOpts(dict)
 
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(substitute(g:zip_zipcmd,'\s\+.*$','',''))
-   call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) sorry, your system doesn't appear to have the ".g:zip_zipcmd." program")
-   return
-  endif
-  if !exists("*mkdir")
-   call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system")
-   return
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) sorry, your system doesn't appear to have the ".g:zip_zipcmd." program")
+    return
   endif
 
   let curdir= getcwd()
   let tmpdir= tempname()
   if tmpdir =~ '\.'
-   let tmpdir= substitute(tmpdir,'\.[^.]*$','','e')
+    let tmpdir= substitute(tmpdir,'\.[^.]*$','','e')
   endif
   call mkdir(tmpdir,"p")
 
   " attempt to change to the indicated directory
   if s:ChgDir(tmpdir,s:ERROR,"(zip#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory")
-   return
+    return
   endif
 
   " place temporary files under .../_ZIPVIM_/
   if isdirectory("_ZIPVIM_")
-   call delete("_ZIPVIM_", "rf")
+    call delete("_ZIPVIM_", "rf")
   endif
   call mkdir("_ZIPVIM_")
   cd _ZIPVIM_
 
   if has("unix")
-   let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile://\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
-   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile://.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
+    let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile://\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
+    let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile://.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
   else
-   let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile://\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
-   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile://.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
+    let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile://\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
+    let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile://.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
+  endif
+  if fname =~ '^[.]\{1,2}/'
+    call system(g:zip_zipcmd." -d ".s:Escape(fnamemodify(zipfile,":p"),0)." ".s:Escape(fname,0))
+    let fname = fname->substitute('^\([.]\{1,2}/\)\+', '', 'g')
+    let need_rename = 1
   endif
 
   if fname =~ '/'
-   let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
+    let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
+    if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(dirpath,0)),'\n','','e')
-   endif
-   call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
+    endif
+    call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
   endif
   if zipfile !~ '/'
-   let zipfile= curdir.'/'.zipfile
+    let zipfile= curdir.'/'.zipfile
   endif
 
-  exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
+  " don't overwrite files forcefully
+  exe "w ".fnameescape(fname)
   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
-   let zipfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(zipfile,0)),'\n','','e')
+    let zipfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(zipfile,0)),'\n','','e')
   endif
 
   if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && &shell !~? 'sh$'
@@ -297,21 +301,24 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 
   call system(g:zip_zipcmd." -u ".s:Escape(fnamemodify(zipfile,":p"),0)." ".s:Escape(fname,0))
   if v:shell_error != 0
-   call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) sorry, unable to update ".zipfile." with ".fname)
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) sorry, unable to update ".zipfile." with ".fname)
 
   elseif s:zipfile_{winnr()} =~ '^\a\+://'
-   " support writing zipfiles across a network
-   let netzipfile= s:zipfile_{winnr()}
-   1split|enew
-   let binkeep= &binary
-   let eikeep = &ei
-   set binary ei=all
-   exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
-   call netrw#NetWrite(netzipfile)
-   let &ei     = eikeep
-   let &binary = binkeep
-   q!
-   unlet s:zipfile_{winnr()}
+    " support writing zipfiles across a network
+    let netzipfile= s:zipfile_{winnr()}
+    1split|enew
+    let binkeep= &binary
+    let eikeep = &ei
+    set binary ei=all
+    exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
+    call netrw#NetWrite(netzipfile)
+    let &ei     = eikeep
+    let &binary = binkeep
+    q!
+    unlet s:zipfile_{winnr()}
+  elseif need_rename
+    exe $"sil keepalt file {fnameescape($"zipfile://{zipfile}::{fname}")}"
+    call s:Mess('Warning', "***error*** (zip#Browse) Path Traversal Attack detected, dropping relative path")
   endif
 
   " cleanup and restore current directory
@@ -320,7 +327,6 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
   call s:ChgDir(curdir,s:WARNING,"(zip#Write) unable to return to ".curdir."!")
   call delete(tmpdir, "rf")
   setlocal nomod
-
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -333,15 +339,18 @@ fun! zip#Extract()
 
   " sanity check
   if fname =~ '^"'
-   return
+    return
   endif
   if fname =~ '/$'
-   call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) Please specify a file, not a directory")
-   return
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) Please specify a file, not a directory")
+    return
+  elseif fname =~ '^[.]\?[.]/'
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Browse) Path Traversal Attack detected, not extracting!")
+    return
   endif
   if filereadable(fname)
-   call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) <" .. fname .."> already exists in directory, not overwriting!")
-   return
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) <" .. fname .."> already exists in directory, not overwriting!")
+    return
   endif
   let target = fname->substitute('\[', '[[]', 'g')
   " unzip 6.0 does not support -- to denote end-of-arguments
@@ -363,13 +372,12 @@ fun! zip#Extract()
   " extract the file mentioned under the cursor
   call system($"{g:zip_extractcmd} -o {shellescape(b:zipfile)} {target}")
   if v:shell_error != 0
-   call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** ".g:zip_extractcmd." ".b:zipfile." ".fname.": failed!")
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** ".g:zip_extractcmd." ".b:zipfile." ".fname.": failed!")
   elseif !filereadable(fname)
-   call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** attempted to extract ".fname." but it doesn't appear to be present!")
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** attempted to extract ".fname." but it doesn't appear to be present!")
   else
-   echomsg "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+    echomsg "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
   endif
-
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/compiler/phpstan.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	PHPStan
+" Maintainer:	Dietrich Moerman <dietrich.moerman@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2025 Jul 17
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "phpstan"
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=composer\ exec\ --\ phpstan\ analyse\ -v\ --no-progress\ --error-format=raw
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%m,%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/typst.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:    Typst
-" Previous Maintainer:  Gregory Anders
-" Maintainer:  Luca Saccarola <github.e41mv@aleeas.com>
+" Previous Maintainer:  Luca Saccarola <github.e41mv@aleeas.com>
+" Maintainer:  This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
 " Based On:    https://github.com/kaarmu/typst.vim
-" Last Change: 2024 Dec 09
-" 2025 Mar 11 by the Vim Project (add comment for Dispatch)
+" Last Change: 2025 Aug 05
 
 if exists('current_compiler')
     finish

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2024 Dec 01
+" Last Change:	2025 Jul 13
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ silent! while 0
 silent! endwhile
 
 set ruler		" show the cursor position all the time
-set showcmd		" display incomplete commands
 
 set ttimeout		" time out for key codes
 set ttimeoutlen=100	" wait up to 100ms after Esc for special key

runtime/doc/Make_all.mak

@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	vim9class.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	vietnamese.txt \
+	wayland.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
 
@@ -309,6 +310,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	vim9.html \
 	vim9class.html \
 	visual.html \
+	wayland.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Apr 21
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -130,6 +130,10 @@ exception is that "<sfile>" is expanded when the autocmd is defined.  Example:
 	:au BufNewFile,BufRead *.html so <sfile>:h/html.vim
 
 Here Vim expands <sfile> to the name of the file containing this line.
+However, <sfile> works differently in a function, in which case it's better to
+use `:execute` with <script> to achieve the same purpose:
+>
+	:exe $'au BufNewFile,BufRead *.html so {expand("<script>:h")}/html.vim'
 
 `:autocmd` adds to the list of autocommands regardless of whether they are
 already present.  When your .vimrc file is sourced twice, the autocommands

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 07
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -249,6 +249,8 @@ getcmdtype()			String	return current command-line type
 getcmdwintype()			String	return current command-line window type
 getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])
 				List	list of cmdline completion matches
+getcompletiontype({pat})	String	return the type of the command-line
+					completion using {pat}
 getcurpos([{winnr}])		List	position of the cursor
 getcursorcharpos([{winnr}])	List	character position of the cursor
 getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])	String	get the current working directory
@@ -342,7 +344,7 @@ isinf({expr})			Number	determine if {expr} is infinity value
 					(positive or negative)
 islocked({expr})		Number	|TRUE| if {expr} is locked
 isnan({expr})			Number	|TRUE| if {expr} is NaN
-items({dict})			List	key-value pairs in {dict}
+items({expr})			List	key-value pairs in {expr}
 job_getchannel({job})		Channel	get the channel handle for {job}
 job_info([{job}])		Dict	get information about {job}
 job_setoptions({job}, {options}) none	set options for {job}
@@ -755,6 +757,7 @@ virtcol2col({winid}, {lnum}, {col})
 				Number  byte index of a character on screen
 visualmode([{expr}])		String	last visual mode used
 wildmenumode()			Number	whether 'wildmenu' mode is active
+wildtrigger()			Number	start wildcard expansion
 win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])
 				String	execute {command} in window {id}
 win_findbuf({bufnr})		List	find windows containing {bufnr}
@@ -1266,7 +1269,7 @@ base64_encode({blob})					*base64_encode()*
 		    " Encode the contents of a binary file
 		    echo base64_encode(readblob('somefile.bin'))
 		    " Encode a string
-		    echo base64_encode(str2blob([somestr]))
+		    echo base64_encode(str2blob(somestr->split("\n")))
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBinaryData()->base64_encode()
@@ -1780,16 +1783,23 @@ charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc} [, {utf16}]])
 		Return type: |Number|
 
 
-chdir({dir})						*chdir()*
-		Change the current working directory to {dir}.  The scope of
-		the directory change depends on the directory of the current
-		window:
-			- If the current window has a window-local directory
-			  (|:lcd|), then changes the window local directory.
-			- Otherwise, if the current tabpage has a local
-			  directory (|:tcd|) then changes the tabpage local
-			  directory.
-			- Otherwise, changes the global directory.
+chdir({dir} [, {scope}])				*chdir()*
+		Changes the current working directory to {dir}.  The scope of
+		the change is determined as follows:
+		If {scope} is not present, the current working directory is
+		changed to the scope of the current directory:
+		    - If the window local directory (|:lcd|) is set, it
+		      changes the current working directory for that scope.
+		    - Otherwise, if the tab page local directory (|:tcd|) is
+		      set, it changes the current directory for that scope.
+		    - Otherwise, changes the global directory for that scope.
+
+		If {scope} is present, changes the current working directory
+		for the specified scope:
+		    "window"	Changes the window local directory.  |:lcd|
+		    "tabpage"	Changes the tab page local directory.  |:tcd|
+		    "global"	Changes the global directory.  |:cd|
+
 		{dir} must be a String.
 		If successful, returns the previous working directory.  Pass
 		this to another chdir() to restore the directory.
@@ -4210,6 +4220,9 @@ getcmdcompltype()					*getcmdcompltype()*
 		|getcmdprompt()|, |getcmdcomplpat()| and |setcmdline()|.
 		Returns an empty string when completion is not defined.
 
+		To get the type of the command-line completion for a specified
+		string, use |getcompletiontype()|.
+
 		Return type: |String|
 
 
@@ -4308,13 +4321,13 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 		diff_buffer	|:diffget| and |:diffput| completion
 		dir		directory names
-		dir_in_path	directory names in |'cdpath'|
+		dir_in_path	directory names in 'cdpath'
 		environment	environment variable names
 		event		autocommand events
 		expression	Vim expression
 		file		file and directory names
-		file_in_path	file and directory names in |'path'|
-		filetype	filetype names |'filetype'|
+		file_in_path	file and directory names in 'path'
+		filetype	filetype names 'filetype'
 		filetypecmd	|:filetype| suboptions
 		function	function name
 		help		help subjects
@@ -4328,12 +4341,13 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		messages	|:messages| suboptions
 		option		options
 		packadd		optional package |pack-add| names
+		retab		|:retab| suboptions
 		runtime		|:runtime| completion
 		scriptnames	sourced script names |:scriptnames|
 		shellcmd	Shell command
 		shellcmdline	Shell command line with filename arguments
 		sign		|:sign| suboptions
-		syntax		syntax file names |'syntax'|
+		syntax		syntax file names 'syntax'
 		syntime		|:syntime| suboptions
 		tag		tags
 		tag_listfiles	tags, file names
@@ -4368,6 +4382,15 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 <
 		Return type: list<string>
 
+getcompletiontype({pat})				*getcompletiontype()*
+		Return the type of the command-line completion using {pat}.
+		When no corresponding completion type is found, an empty
+		string is returned.
+		To get the current command-line completion type, use
+		|getcmdcompltype()|.
+
+		Return type: |String|
+
 							*getcurpos()*
 getcurpos([{winid}])
 		Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
@@ -6287,20 +6310,25 @@ isnan({expr})						*isnan()*
 		Return type: |Number|
 
 
-items({dict})						*items()*
-		Return a |List| with all the key-value pairs of {dict}.  Each
-		|List| item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict}
-		entry and the value of this entry.  The |List| is in arbitrary
-		order.  Also see |keys()| and |values()|.
-		Example: >
-			for [key, value] in items(mydict)
-			   echo key .. ': ' .. value
-			endfor
-<
-		A |List|, a |Tuple| or a |String| argument is also supported.
-		In these cases, items() returns a List with the index and the
-		value at the index.
+items({expr})						*items()*
+		Return a |List| with all key/index and value pairs of {expr}.
+		Each |List| item is a list with two items:
+		- for a |Dict|: the key and the value
+		- for a |List|, |Tuple| or |String|: the index and the value
+		The returned |List| is in arbitrary order for a |Dict|,
+		otherwise it's in ascending order of the index.
 
+		Also see |keys()| and |values()|.
+
+		Examples: >
+			let mydict = #{a: 'red', b: 'blue'}
+			for [key, value] in items(mydict)
+			   echo $"{key} = {value}"
+			endfor
+			echo items([1, 2, 3])
+			echo items(('a', 'b', 'c'))
+			echo items("foobar")
+<
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mydict->items()
 <
@@ -6533,7 +6561,7 @@ libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 		Just like |libcall()|, but used for a function that returns an
 		int instead of a string.
-		{only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
+		{only in Win32 and some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
 		feature is present}
 		Examples: >
 			:echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
@@ -7327,14 +7355,16 @@ matchbufline({buf}, {pat}, {lnum}, {end}, [, {dict}])
 		    [{'lnum': 3, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'a'}]
 		    " Assuming line 4 in buffer 10 contains "tik tok"
 		    :echo matchbufline(10, '\<\k\+\>', 1, 4)
-		    [{'lnum': 4, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'tik'}, {'lnum': 4, 'byteidx': 4, 'text': 'tok'}]
+		    [{'lnum': 4, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'tik'},
+		     {'lnum': 4, 'byteidx': 4, 'text': 'tok'}]
 <
 		If {submatch} is present and is v:true, then submatches like
 		"\1", "\2", etc. are also returned.  Example: >
 		    " Assuming line 2 in buffer 2 contains "acd"
 		    :echo matchbufline(2, '\(a\)\?\(b\)\?\(c\)\?\(.*\)', 2, 2
 						\ {'submatches': v:true})
-		    [{'lnum': 2, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'acd', 'submatches': ['a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']}]
+		    [{'lnum': 2, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'acd', 'submatches':
+		    ['a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']}]
 <		The "submatches" List always contains 9 items.  If a submatch
 		is not found, then an empty string is returned for that
 		submatch.
@@ -7396,9 +7426,6 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 				given sequence.
 		    limit	Maximum number of matches in {list} to be
 				returned.  Zero means no limit.
-		    camelcase	Use enhanced camel case scoring making results
-				better suited for completion related to
-				programming languages.  Defaults to v:true.
 
 		If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
 		argument supports the following additional items:
@@ -7471,7 +7498,8 @@ matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzypos()*
 <		results in [['testing'], [[0, 2, 6]], [99]] >
 			:echo matchfuzzypos(['clay', 'lacy'], 'la')
 <		results in [['lacy', 'clay'], [[0, 1], [1, 2]], [153, 133]] >
-			:echo [{'text': 'hello', 'id' : 10}]->matchfuzzypos('ll', {'key' : 'text'})
+			:echo [{'text': 'hello', 'id' : 10}]
+			  \ ->matchfuzzypos('ll', {'key' : 'text'})
 <		results in [[{'id': 10, 'text': 'hello'}], [[2, 3]], [127]]
 
 		Return type: list<list<any>>
@@ -7515,15 +7543,18 @@ matchstrlist({list}, {pat} [, {dict}])
 
 		Example: >
 		    :echo matchstrlist(['tik tok'], '\<\k\+\>')
-		    [{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'tik'}, {'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 4, 'text': 'tok'}]
+		    [{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'tik'},
+		     {'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 4, 'text': 'tok'}]
 		    :echo matchstrlist(['a', 'b'], '\<\k\+\>')
-		    [{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'a'}, {'idx': 1, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'b'}]
+		    [{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'a'},
+		     {'idx': 1, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'b'}]
 <
 		If "submatches" is present and is v:true, then submatches like
 		"\1", "\2", etc. are also returned.  Example: >
 		    :echo matchstrlist(['acd'], '\(a\)\?\(b\)\?\(c\)\?\(.*\)',
 						\ #{submatches: v:true})
-		    [{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'acd', 'submatches': ['a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']}]
+		    [{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'acd',
+		      'submatches': ['a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']}]
 <		The "submatches" List always contains 9 items.  If a submatch
 		is not found, then an empty string is returned for that
 		submatch.
@@ -8933,8 +8964,8 @@ remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])		*remote_send()* *E241*
 		Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
 		up the display.
 		Examples: >
-		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply " .. file, "serverid") ..
-		 \ remote_read(serverid)
+		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply " .. file,
+		 \ "serverid") .. remote_read(serverid)
 
 		:autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
 		 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
@@ -9364,11 +9395,12 @@ searchcount([{options}])					*searchcount()*
 
 		To get the last search count when |n| or |N| was pressed, call
 		this function with `recompute: 0` . This sometimes returns
-		wrong information because |n| and |N|'s maximum count is 99.
-		If it exceeded 99 the result must be max count + 1 (100). If
-		you want to get correct information, specify `recompute: 1`: >
+		wrong information because of 'maxsearchcount'.
+		If the count exceeded 'maxsearchcount', the result must be
+		'maxsearchcount' + 1. If you want to get correct information,
+		specify `recompute: 1`: >
 
-			" result == maxcount + 1 (100) when many matches
+			" result == 'maxsearchcount' + 1 when many matches
 			let result = searchcount(#{recompute: 0})
 
 			" Below returns correct result (recompute defaults
@@ -9455,7 +9487,7 @@ searchcount([{options}])					*searchcount()*
 						result.  if search exceeded
 						total count, "total" value
 						becomes `maxcount + 1`
-						(default: 99)
+						(default: 'maxsearchcount')
 		  pos		|List|		`[lnum, col, off]` value
 						when recomputing the result.
 						this changes "current" result
@@ -11168,7 +11200,7 @@ strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])			*strridx()*
 
 strtrans({string})					*strtrans()*
 		The result is a String, which is {string} with all unprintable
-		characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
+		characters translated into printable characters 'isprint'.
 		Like they are shown in a window.  Example: >
 			echo strtrans(@a)
 <		This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
@@ -11686,7 +11718,7 @@ taglist({expr} [, {filename}])				*taglist()*
 		Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information about the tag
 		search regular expression pattern.
 
-		Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
+		Refer to 'tags' for information about how the tags file is
 		located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
 		the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
 
@@ -12143,6 +12175,7 @@ uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*uniq()* *E882*
 			:let newlist = uniq(copy(mylist))
 <		The default compare function uses the string representation of
 		each item.  For the use of {func} and {dict} see |sort()|.
+		For deduplicating text in the current buffer see |:uniq|.
 
 		Returns zero if {list} is not a |List|.
 
@@ -12217,7 +12250,7 @@ virtcol({expr} [, {list} [, {winid}]])			*virtcol()*
 		last character.  When "off" is omitted zero is used.  When
 		Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
 		beyond the end of the line can be returned.  Also see
-		|'virtualedit'|
+		'virtualedit'
 
 		If {list} is present and non-zero then virtcol() returns a
 		List with the first and last screen position occupied by the
@@ -12314,6 +12347,38 @@ wildmenumode()					*wildmenumode()*
 		Return type: |Number|
 
 
+wildtrigger()						*wildtrigger()*
+		Start wildcard expansion in the command-line, using the
+		behavior defined by the 'wildmode' and 'wildoptions' settings.
+		See |cmdline-completion|.
+
+		This function also enables completion in search patterns such
+		as |/|, |?|, |:s|, |:g|, |:v| and |:vimgrep|.
+
+		Unlike pressing 'wildchar' manually, this function does not
+		produce a beep when no matches are found and generally
+		operates more quietly.  This makes it suitable for triggering
+		completion automatically, such as from an |:autocmd|.
+						*cmdline-autocompletion*
+		Example: To make the completion menu pop up automatically as
+		you type on the command line, use: >
+			autocmd CmdlineChanged [:/\?] call wildtrigger()
+			set wildmode=noselect:lastused,full wildoptions=pum
+<
+		To retain normal history navigation (up/down keys): >
+			cnoremap <Up>   <C-U><Up>
+			cnoremap <Down> <C-U><Down>
+<
+		To set an option specifically when performing a search, e.g.
+		to set 'pumheight': >
+			autocmd CmdlineEnter [/\?] set pumheight=8
+			autocmd CmdlineLeave [/\?] set pumheight&
+<
+		Return value is always 0.
+
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
 win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])		*win_execute()*
 		Like `execute()` but in the context of window {id}.
 		The window will temporarily be made the current window,
@@ -12856,12 +12921,12 @@ clipboard_working	Compiled with 'clipboard' support and it can be used.
 cmdline_compl		Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
 cmdline_hist		Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
 cmdline_info		Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
-comments		Compiled with |'comments'| support.
+comments		Compiled with 'comments' support.
 compatible		Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
 conpty			Platform where |ConPTY| can be used.
 cryptv			Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
 cscope			Compiled with |cscope| support.
-cursorbind		Compiled with |'cursorbind'| (always true)
+cursorbind		Compiled with 'cursorbind' (always true)
 debug			Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
 dialog_con		Compiled with console dialog support.
 dialog_con_gui		Compiled with console and GUI dialog support.
@@ -12876,8 +12941,7 @@ emacs_tags		Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
 eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
 			true, of course!
 ex_extra		|+ex_extra| (always true)
-extra_search		Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
-			|'hlsearch'|
+extra_search		Compiled with support for 'incsearch' and 'hlsearch'
 farsi			Support for Farsi was removed |farsi|.
 file_in_path		Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>| (always
 			true)
@@ -12971,7 +13035,8 @@ python_dynamic		Python 2.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
 python3			Python 3.x interface available. |has-python|
 python3_compiled	Compiled with Python 3.x interface. |has-python|
 python3_dynamic		Python 3.x interface is dynamically loaded. |has-python|
-python3_stable		Python 3.x interface is using Python Stable ABI. |has-python|
+python3_stable		Python 3.x interface is using Python Stable ABI.
+			|has-python|
 pythonx			Python 2.x and/or 3.x interface available. |python_x|
 qnx			QNX version of Vim.
 quickfix		Compiled with |quickfix| support.
@@ -12982,6 +13047,7 @@ scrollbind		Compiled with 'scrollbind' support. (always true)
 showcmd			Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
 signs			Compiled with |:sign| support.
 smartindent		Compiled with 'smartindent' support. (always true)
+socketserver		Compiled with socket server functionality. (Unix only)
 sodium			Compiled with libsodium for better crypt support
 sound			Compiled with sound support, e.g. `sound_playevent()`
 spell			Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
@@ -13008,7 +13074,7 @@ textprop		Compiled with support for |text-properties|.
 tgetent			Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
 			or terminfo file.
 timers			Compiled with |timer_start()| support.
-title			Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
+title			Compiled with window title support 'title'.
 			(always true)
 toolbar			Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
 ttyin			input is a terminal (tty)
@@ -13016,7 +13082,7 @@ ttyout			output is a terminal (tty)
 unix			Unix version of Vim. *+unix*
 unnamedplus		Compiled with support for "unnamedplus" in 'clipboard'
 user_commands		User-defined commands. (always true)
-vartabs			Compiled with variable tabstop support |'vartabstop'|.
+vartabs			Compiled with variable tabstop support 'vartabstop'.
 vcon			Win32: Virtual console support is working, can use
 			'termguicolors'. Also see |+vtp|.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
@@ -13037,6 +13103,8 @@ vms			VMS version of Vim.
 vreplace		Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands. (always true)
 vtp			Compiled for vcon support |+vtp| (check vcon to find
 			out if it works in the current console).
+wayland			Compiled with Wayland protocol support.
+wayland_clipboard	Compiled with support for Wayland selections/clipboard
 wildignore		Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
 wildmenu		Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
 win16			old version for MS-Windows 3.1 (always false)

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 May 28
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ commands with the "." command.
 5. Copying and moving text	|copy-move|
 6. Formatting text		|formatting|
 7. Sorting text			|sorting|
+8. Deduplicating text		|deduplicating|
 
 For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
 
@@ -33,13 +34,13 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
 			The <Del> key does not take a [count].  Instead, it
 			deletes the last character of the count.
 			See |:fixdel| if the <Del> key does not do what you
-			want.  See |'whichwrap'| for deleting a line break
+			want.  See 'whichwrap' for deleting a line break
 			(join lines).
 
 							*X* *dh*
 ["x]X			Delete [count] characters before the cursor [into
 			register x] (not |linewise|).  Does the same as "dh".
-			Also see |'whichwrap'|.
+			Also see 'whichwrap'.
 
 							*d*
 ["x]d{motion}		Delete text that {motion} moves over [into register
@@ -608,11 +609,11 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the `:!` command.
 ={motion}		Filter {motion} lines through the external program
 			given with the 'equalprg' option.  When the 'equalprg'
 			option is empty (this is the default), use the
-			internal formatting function |C-indenting| and
-			|'lisp'|.  But when 'indentexpr' is not empty, it will
-			be used instead |indent-expression|.  When Vim was
-			compiled without internal formatting then the "indent"
-			program is used as a last resort.
+			internal formatting function |C-indenting| and 'lisp'.
+			But when 'indentexpr' is not empty, it will be used
+			instead |indent-expression|.  When Vim was compiled
+			without internal formatting then the "indent" program
+			is used as a last resort.
 
 							*==*
 ==			Filter [count] lines like with ={motion}.
@@ -990,22 +991,26 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign.  Read more in |<Char->|.
 
 4.4 Changing tabs					*change-tabs*
 							*:ret* *:retab* *:retab!*
-:[range]ret[ab][!] [new_tabstop]
+:[range]ret[ab][!] [-indentonly] [{new-tabstop}]
 			Replace all sequences of white-space containing a
-			<Tab> with new strings of white-space using the new
-			tabstop value given.  If you do not specify a new
-			tabstop size or it is zero, Vim uses the current value
-			of 'tabstop'.
+			<Tab> with new strings of white-space using
+			{new-tabstop}.  If you do not specify {new-tabstop} or
+			it is zero, Vim uses the current value of 'tabstop'.
 			The current value of 'tabstop' is always used to
 			compute the width of existing tabs.
 			With !, Vim also replaces strings of only normal
 			spaces with tabs where appropriate.
 			With 'expandtab' on, Vim replaces all tabs with the
 			appropriate number of spaces.
-			This command sets 'tabstop' to the new value given,
-			and if performed on the whole file, which is default,
-			should not make any visible change.
-			Careful: This command modifies any <Tab> characters
+			This command sets 'tabstop' to {new-tabstop} and if
+			performed on the whole file, which is default, should
+			not make any visible change.
+
+			When [-indentonly] is specified, only the leading
+			white-space will be targeted.  Any other consecutive
+			white-space will not be changed.
+
+			Warning: This command modifies any <Tab> characters
 			inside of strings in a C program.  Use "\t" to avoid
 			this (that's a good habit anyway).
 			`:retab!` may also change a sequence of spaces by
@@ -1895,6 +1900,7 @@ And a few warnings:
 
 Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
 found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
+Also see |:uniq|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
 :[range]sor[t][!] [b][f][i][l][n][o][r][u][x] [/{pattern}/]
@@ -1904,7 +1910,7 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 			With [!] the order is reversed.
 
 			With [i] case is ignored.
-
+							*:sort-l*
 			With [l] sort uses the current collation locale.
 			Implementation details: strcoll() is used to compare
 			strings. See |:language| to check or set the collation
@@ -1937,13 +1943,14 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 			With [b] sorting is done on the first binary number in
 			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
-
+							*:sort-u* *:sort-uniq*
 			With [u] (u stands for unique) only keep the first of
 			a sequence of identical lines (ignoring case when [i]
 			is used).  Without this flag, a sequence of identical
 			lines will be kept in their original order.
 			Note that leading and trailing white space may cause
 			lines to be different.
+			When you just want to make things unique, use |:uniq|.
 
 			When /{pattern}/ is specified and there is no [r] flag
 			the text matched with {pattern} is skipped, so that
@@ -1990,4 +1997,55 @@ The sorting can be interrupted, but if you interrupt it too late in the
 process you may end up with duplicated lines.  This also depends on the system
 library function used.
 
+==============================================================================
+8. Deduplicating text				*deduplicating* *unique*
+
+Vim has a deduplicating function and a deduplicating command.  The
+deduplicating function can be found here: |uniq()|.
+Also see |:sort-uniq|.
+
+							*:uni* *:uniq*
+:[range]uni[q][!] [i][l][r][u] [/{pattern}/]
+			Remove duplicate lines that are adjacent to each other
+			in [range].  When no range is given, all lines are
+			processed.
+
+			With [i] case is ignored when comparing lines.
+
+			With [l] comparison uses the current collation locale.
+			See |:sort-l| for more details.
+
+			With [r] comparison is done on the text that matches
+			/{pattern}/ instead of the full line.
+
+			With [u] only keep lines that do not repeat (i.e., are
+			not immediately followed by the same line).
+
+			With [!] only keep lines that are immediately followed
+			by a duplicate.
+
+			If both [!] and [u] are given, [u] is ignored and [!]
+			takes effect.
+
+			When /{pattern}/ is specified and [r] is not used, the
+			text matched with {pattern} is skipped and comparison
+			is done on what comes after the match.
+			'ignorecase' applies to the pattern, but 'smartcase'
+			is not used.
+			Instead of the slash any non-letter can be used.
+
+			For example, to remove adjacent duplicate lines based
+			on the second comma-separated field: >
+				:uniq /[^,]*,/
+<			Or to keep only unique lines ignoring the first 5
+			characters: >
+				:uniq u /.\{5}/
+<			If {pattern} is empty (e.g. // is used), the last
+			search pattern is used.
+
+			Note that leading and trailing white space may cause
+			lines to be considered different.
+			To remove all duplicates regardless of position, use
+			|:sort-u| or external tools.
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 08
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ CTRL-D		List names that match the pattern in front of the cursor.
 		to the end.
 		The 'wildoptions' option can be set to "tagfile" to list the
 		file of matching tags.
-					*c_CTRL-I* *c_wildchar* *c_<Tab>*
+				*c_CTRL-I* *c_wildchar* *c_<Tab>* */_<Tab>*
 'wildchar' option
 		A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor.  The
 		match (if there are several, the first match) is inserted
@@ -425,6 +425,10 @@ CTRL-D		List names that match the pattern in front of the cursor.
 		again and there were multiple matches, the next
 		match is inserted.  After the last match, the first is used
 		again (wrap around).
+
+		In search context use <CTRL-V><Tab> or "\t" to search for a
+		literal <Tab> instead of triggering completion.
+
 		The behavior can be changed with the 'wildmode' option.
 							*c_<S-Tab>*
 <S-Tab>		Like 'wildchar' or <Tab>, but begin with the last match and
@@ -458,7 +462,7 @@ CTRL-G		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
 		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-G will move
 		to the next match (does not take |search-offset| into account)
 		Use CTRL-T to move to the previous match.  Hint: on a regular
-		keyboard T is above G.
+		keyboard G is below T.
 	                                            *c_CTRL-T* */_CTRL-T*
 CTRL-T		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
 		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-T will move
@@ -475,6 +479,8 @@ When repeating 'wildchar' or CTRL-N you cycle through the matches, eventually
 ending up back to what was typed.  If the first match is not what you wanted,
 you can use <S-Tab> or CTRL-P to go straight back to what you typed.
 
+See also |wildtrigger()|.
+
 The 'wildmenu' option can be set to show the matches just above the command
 line.
 
@@ -921,7 +927,7 @@ to insert special things while typing you can use the CTRL-R command.  For
 example, "%" stands for the current file name, while CTRL-R % inserts the
 current file name right away.  See |c_CTRL-R|.
 
-Note:  If you want to avoid the effects of special characters in a Vim script
+Note: If you want to avoid the effects of special characters in a Vim script
 you may want to use |fnameescape()|.  Also see |`=|.
 
 
@@ -1319,8 +1325,10 @@ Example: >
 	:au CmdwinLeave :  let &cpt = b:cpt_save
 This sets 'complete' to use completion in the current window for |i_CTRL-N|.
 Another example: >
-	:au CmdwinEnter [/?]  startinsert
+	:au CmdwinEnter [/\?]  startinsert
 This will make Vim start in Insert mode in the command-line window.
+Note: The "?" needs to be escaped, as this is a |file-pattern|.  See also
+|cmdline-autocompletion|.
 
 						*cmdwin-char*
 The character used for the pattern indicates the type of command-line:

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ The Debugging Tools for Windows (including WinDbg) can be downloaded from
 This includes the WinDbg debugger.
 
 Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition can be downloaded for free from:
-    http://msdn.microsoft.com/vstudio/express/visualC/default.aspx
+    https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/
 
 =========================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 May 05
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ This text is important for those who want to be involved in further developing
 Vim.
 
 1. Design goals		|design-goals|
-2. Coding style		|coding-style|
-3. Design decisions	|design-decisions|
-4. Assumptions		|design-assumptions|
+2. Design decisions	|design-decisions|
+3. Assumptions		|design-assumptions|
+4. Coding style		|coding-style|
 
 See the file README.txt in the "src" directory for an overview of the source
 code.
@@ -159,7 +159,211 @@ VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Coding style						*coding-style*
+2. Design decisions					*design-decisions*
+
+Folding
+
+Several forms of folding should be possible for the same buffer.  For example,
+have one window that shows the text with function bodies folded, another
+window that shows a function body.
+
+Folding is a way to display the text.  It should not change the text itself.
+Therefore the folding has been implemented as a filter between the text stored
+in a buffer (buffer lines) and the text displayed in a window (logical lines).
+
+
+Naming the window
+
+The word "window" is commonly used for several things: A window on the screen,
+the xterm window, a window inside Vim to view a buffer.
+To avoid confusion, other items that are sometimes called window have been
+given another name.  Here is an overview of the related items:
+
+screen		The whole display.  For the GUI it's something like 1024x768
+		pixels.  The Vim shell can use the whole screen or part of it.
+shell		The Vim application.  This can cover the whole screen (e.g.,
+		when running in a console) or part of it (xterm or GUI).
+window		View on a buffer.  There can be several windows in Vim,
+		together with the command line, menubar, toolbar, etc. they
+		fit in the shell.
+
+
+Spell checking						*develop-spell*
+
+When spell checking was going to be added to Vim a survey was done over the
+available spell checking libraries and programs.  Unfortunately, the result
+was that none of them provided sufficient capabilities to be used as the spell
+checking engine in Vim, for various reasons:
+
+- Missing support for multibyte encodings.  At least UTF-8 must be supported,
+  so that more than one language can be used in the same file.
+  Doing on-the-fly conversion is not always possible (would require iconv
+  support).
+- For the programs and libraries: Using them as-is would require installing
+  them separately from Vim.  That's mostly not impossible, but a drawback.
+- Performance: A few tests showed that it's possible to check spelling on the
+  fly (while redrawing), just like syntax highlighting.  But the mechanisms
+  used by other code are much slower.  Myspell uses a hashtable, for example.
+  The affix compression that most spell checkers use makes it slower too.
+- For using an external program like aspell a communication mechanism would
+  have to be setup.  That's complicated to do in a portable way (Unix-only
+  would be relatively simple, but that's not good enough).  And performance
+  will become a problem (lots of process switching involved).
+- Missing support for words with non-word characters, such as "Etten-Leur" and
+  "et al.", would require marking the pieces of them OK, lowering the
+  reliability.
+- Missing support for regions or dialects.  Makes it difficult to accept
+  all English words and highlight non-Canadian words differently.
+- Missing support for rare words.  Many words are correct but hardly ever used
+  and could be a misspelled often-used word.
+- For making suggestions the speed is less important and requiring to install
+  another program or library would be acceptable.  But the word lists probably
+  differ, the suggestions may be wrong words.
+
+
+Spelling suggestions				*develop-spell-suggestions*
+
+For making suggestions there are two basic mechanisms:
+1. Try changing the bad word a little bit and check for a match with a good
+   word.  Or go through the list of good words, change them a little bit and
+   check for a match with the bad word.  The changes are deleting a character,
+   inserting a character, swapping two characters, etc.
+2. Perform soundfolding on both the bad word and the good words and then find
+   matches, possibly with a few changes like with the first mechanism.
+
+The first is good for finding typing mistakes.  After experimenting with
+hashtables and looking at solutions from other spell checkers the conclusion
+was that a trie (a kind of tree structure) is ideal for this.  Both for
+reducing memory use and being able to try sensible changes.  For example, when
+inserting a character only characters that lead to good words need to be
+tried.  Other mechanisms (with hashtables) need to try all possible letters at
+every position in the word.  Also, a hashtable has the requirement that word
+boundaries are identified separately, while a trie does not require this.
+That makes the mechanism a lot simpler.
+
+Soundfolding is useful when someone knows how the words sounds but doesn't
+know how it is spelled.  For example, the word "dictionary" might be written
+as "daktonerie".  The number of changes that the first method would need to
+try is very big, it's hard to find the good word that way.  After soundfolding
+the words become "tktnr" and "tkxnry", these differ by only two letters.
+
+To find words by their soundfolded equivalent (soundalike word) we need a list
+of all soundfolded words.  A few experiments have been done to find out what
+the best method is.  Alternatives:
+1. Do the sound folding on the fly when looking for suggestions.  This means
+   walking through the trie of good words, soundfolding each word and
+   checking how different it is from the bad word.  This is very efficient for
+   memory use, but takes a long time.  On a fast PC it takes a couple of
+   seconds for English, which can be acceptable for interactive use.  But for
+   some languages it takes more than ten seconds (e.g., German, Catalan),
+   which is unacceptably slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
+   it's too slow for all languages.
+2. Use a trie for the soundfolded words, so that searching can be done just
+   like how it works without soundfolding.  This requires remembering a list
+   of good words for each soundfolded word.  This makes finding matches very
+   fast but requires quite a lot of memory, in the order of 1 to 10 Mbyte.
+   For some languages more than the original word list.
+3. Like the second alternative, but reduce the amount of memory by using affix
+   compression and store only the soundfolded basic word.  This is what Aspell
+   does.  Disadvantage is that affixes need to be stripped from the bad word
+   before soundfolding it, which means that mistakes at the start and/or end
+   of the word will cause the mechanism to fail.  Also, this becomes slow when
+   the bad word is quite different from the good word.
+
+The choice made is to use the second mechanism and use a separate file.  This
+way a user with sufficient memory can get very good suggestions while a user
+who is short of memory or just wants the spell checking and no suggestions
+doesn't use so much memory.
+
+
+Word frequency
+
+For sorting suggestions it helps to know which words are common.  In theory we
+could store a word frequency with the word in the dictionary.  However, this
+requires storing a count per word.  That degrades word tree compression a lot.
+And maintaining the word frequency for all languages will be a heavy task.
+Also, it would be nice to prefer words that are already in the text.  This way
+the words that appear in the specific text are preferred for suggestions.
+
+What has been implemented is to count words that have been seen during
+displaying.  A hashtable is used to quickly find the word count.  The count is
+initialized from words listed in COMMON items in the affix file, so that it
+also works when starting a new file.
+
+This isn't ideal, because the longer Vim is running the higher the counts
+become.  But in practice it is a noticeable improvement over not using the
+word count.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Assumptions						*design-assumptions*
+
+The following sections define the portability and compatibility constraints
+that all Vim code and build tools must adhere to.
+
+
+MAKEFILES					*assumptions-makefiles*
+						*POSIX.1-2001*
+
+Vim's main Makefiles target maximum portability, relying solely on features
+defined in POSIX.1-2001 `make` and ignoring later POSIX standards or GNU/BSD
+extensions.  In practical terms, avoid:
+
+	- % pattern rules
+	- modern assignment (`:=`, `::=`) outside POSIX.1-2001
+	- special targets (`.ONESHELL`, `.NOTPARALLEL`, `.SILENT`, ...)
+	- order-only prerequisites (`|`) or automatic directory creation
+	- GNU/BSD conditionals (`ifdef`, `ifndef`, `.for`/`.endfor`, ...)
+
+Since POSIX.1-2001 supports only traditional suffix rules, every object built
+in a separate directory must have an explicit rule.  For example:
+
+	objects/evalbuffer.o: evalbuffer.c
+		$(CCC) -o $@ evalbuffer.c
+
+This verbosity ensures that the same Makefile builds Vim unchanged with the
+default `make` on Linux, *BSD, macOS, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX and virtually any
+Unix-like OS.
+
+Some platform-specific Makefiles (e.g., for Windows, NSIS, or Cygwin) may use
+more advanced features when compatibility with basic make is not required.
+
+
+C COMPILER					*assumptions-C-compiler*
+						*ANSI-C* *C89* *C90* *C95* *C99*
+
+Vim strives for maximum portability (see |design-multi-platform|) and must
+still build with Compaq C V6.4-005 on OpenVMS VAX V7.3.
+
+Therefore, the latest ISO C standard we follow is:
+
+	`C95` (ISO/IEC 9899:1990/AMD1:1995)
+
+In addition, the following `C99` features are explicitly allowed:
+	- `//` comments, as required by |style-comments|;
+	- Mixed declarations and statements in a block;
+	- Variadic macros `(..., __VA_ARGS__)`;
+	- Trailing comma in `enum` lists;
+	- `_Bool` type (for `bool`, `true` and `false`);
+	- `__func__` predefined identifier;
+	- `inline` functions (use `static inline` for portability);
+	- Compound literals `(type){ initializer-list }`;
+	- Logical source lines up to 4095 characters.
+
+Platform-specific code may use any newer compiler features supported on that
+platform.
+
+
+SIZE OF VARIABLES				*assumptions-variables*
+
+We follow POSIX.1-2001 (SUSv3) for type sizes, which in practice means:
+
+	char_u	    8-bit unsigned
+	int	    32-bit or larger signed
+	unsigned    32-bit or larger unsigned
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Coding style						*coding-style*
 
 These are the rules to use when making changes to the Vim source code.  Please
 stick to these rules, to keep the sources readable and maintainable.
@@ -198,23 +402,6 @@ Other source files do not yet correspond to the .clang-format file.  This may
 change in the future and they may be reformatted as well.
 
 
-C COMPILER				*style-compiler* *ANSI-C* *C89* *C99*
-
-The minimal C compiler version supported is C89, also known as ANSI C.
-Later standards, such as C99, are not widely supported, or at least not 100%
-supported.  Therefore we use only some of the C99 features and explicitly
-disallow some (this will gradually be adjusted over time).
-
-Features not to be used ~
-
-These C99 features are not to be used, because not enough compilers support
-them:
-- Variable length arrays (even in C11 this is an optional feature).
-- C99 _Bool and _Complex types.
-- "inline" (it's hardly ever needed, let the optimizer do its work)
-- flexible array members: Not supported by HP-UX C compiler (John Marriott)
-
-
 COMMENTS						*style-comments*
 
 Try to avoid putting multiline comments inside a function body: if the
@@ -237,6 +424,10 @@ you don't need to do anything due to the |modeline|.
 
 For other editors an `.editorconfig` is provided at the root of the repo.
 
+For the source files `sign.c` and `sound.c` and any new file use only spaces,
+no tabs. In addition, any new file must include a modeline with `set et` to
+pass the indentation test.
+
 
 DECLARATIONS						*style-declarations*
 
@@ -509,153 +700,4 @@ OK:	    do
 	    while (cond);
 
 
-==============================================================================
-3. Design decisions					*design-decisions*
-
-Folding
-
-Several forms of folding should be possible for the same buffer.  For example,
-have one window that shows the text with function bodies folded, another
-window that shows a function body.
-
-Folding is a way to display the text.  It should not change the text itself.
-Therefore the folding has been implemented as a filter between the text stored
-in a buffer (buffer lines) and the text displayed in a window (logical lines).
-
-
-Naming the window
-
-The word "window" is commonly used for several things: A window on the screen,
-the xterm window, a window inside Vim to view a buffer.
-To avoid confusion, other items that are sometimes called window have been
-given another name.  Here is an overview of the related items:
-
-screen		The whole display.  For the GUI it's something like 1024x768
-		pixels.  The Vim shell can use the whole screen or part of it.
-shell		The Vim application.  This can cover the whole screen (e.g.,
-		when running in a console) or part of it (xterm or GUI).
-window		View on a buffer.  There can be several windows in Vim,
-		together with the command line, menubar, toolbar, etc. they
-		fit in the shell.
-
-
-Spell checking						*develop-spell*
-
-When spell checking was going to be added to Vim a survey was done over the
-available spell checking libraries and programs.  Unfortunately, the result
-was that none of them provided sufficient capabilities to be used as the spell
-checking engine in Vim, for various reasons:
-
-- Missing support for multibyte encodings.  At least UTF-8 must be supported,
-  so that more than one language can be used in the same file.
-  Doing on-the-fly conversion is not always possible (would require iconv
-  support).
-- For the programs and libraries: Using them as-is would require installing
-  them separately from Vim.  That's mostly not impossible, but a drawback.
-- Performance: A few tests showed that it's possible to check spelling on the
-  fly (while redrawing), just like syntax highlighting.  But the mechanisms
-  used by other code are much slower.  Myspell uses a hashtable, for example.
-  The affix compression that most spell checkers use makes it slower too.
-- For using an external program like aspell a communication mechanism would
-  have to be setup.  That's complicated to do in a portable way (Unix-only
-  would be relatively simple, but that's not good enough).  And performance
-  will become a problem (lots of process switching involved).
-- Missing support for words with non-word characters, such as "Etten-Leur" and
-  "et al.", would require marking the pieces of them OK, lowering the
-  reliability.
-- Missing support for regions or dialects.  Makes it difficult to accept
-  all English words and highlight non-Canadian words differently.
-- Missing support for rare words.  Many words are correct but hardly ever used
-  and could be a misspelled often-used word.
-- For making suggestions the speed is less important and requiring to install
-  another program or library would be acceptable.  But the word lists probably
-  differ, the suggestions may be wrong words.
-
-
-Spelling suggestions				*develop-spell-suggestions*
-
-For making suggestions there are two basic mechanisms:
-1. Try changing the bad word a little bit and check for a match with a good
-   word.  Or go through the list of good words, change them a little bit and
-   check for a match with the bad word.  The changes are deleting a character,
-   inserting a character, swapping two characters, etc.
-2. Perform soundfolding on both the bad word and the good words and then find
-   matches, possibly with a few changes like with the first mechanism.
-
-The first is good for finding typing mistakes.  After experimenting with
-hashtables and looking at solutions from other spell checkers the conclusion
-was that a trie (a kind of tree structure) is ideal for this.  Both for
-reducing memory use and being able to try sensible changes.  For example, when
-inserting a character only characters that lead to good words need to be
-tried.  Other mechanisms (with hashtables) need to try all possible letters at
-every position in the word.  Also, a hashtable has the requirement that word
-boundaries are identified separately, while a trie does not require this.
-That makes the mechanism a lot simpler.
-
-Soundfolding is useful when someone knows how the words sounds but doesn't
-know how it is spelled.  For example, the word "dictionary" might be written
-as "daktonerie".  The number of changes that the first method would need to
-try is very big, it's hard to find the good word that way.  After soundfolding
-the words become "tktnr" and "tkxnry", these differ by only two letters.
-
-To find words by their soundfolded equivalent (soundalike word) we need a list
-of all soundfolded words.  A few experiments have been done to find out what
-the best method is.  Alternatives:
-1. Do the sound folding on the fly when looking for suggestions.  This means
-   walking through the trie of good words, soundfolding each word and
-   checking how different it is from the bad word.  This is very efficient for
-   memory use, but takes a long time.  On a fast PC it takes a couple of
-   seconds for English, which can be acceptable for interactive use.  But for
-   some languages it takes more than ten seconds (e.g., German, Catalan),
-   which is unacceptably slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
-   it's too slow for all languages.
-2. Use a trie for the soundfolded words, so that searching can be done just
-   like how it works without soundfolding.  This requires remembering a list
-   of good words for each soundfolded word.  This makes finding matches very
-   fast but requires quite a lot of memory, in the order of 1 to 10 Mbyte.
-   For some languages more than the original word list.
-3. Like the second alternative, but reduce the amount of memory by using affix
-   compression and store only the soundfolded basic word.  This is what Aspell
-   does.  Disadvantage is that affixes need to be stripped from the bad word
-   before soundfolding it, which means that mistakes at the start and/or end
-   of the word will cause the mechanism to fail.  Also, this becomes slow when
-   the bad word is quite different from the good word.
-
-The choice made is to use the second mechanism and use a separate file.  This
-way a user with sufficient memory can get very good suggestions while a user
-who is short of memory or just wants the spell checking and no suggestions
-doesn't use so much memory.
-
-
-Word frequency
-
-For sorting suggestions it helps to know which words are common.  In theory we
-could store a word frequency with the word in the dictionary.  However, this
-requires storing a count per word.  That degrades word tree compression a lot.
-And maintaining the word frequency for all languages will be a heavy task.
-Also, it would be nice to prefer words that are already in the text.  This way
-the words that appear in the specific text are preferred for suggestions.
-
-What has been implemented is to count words that have been seen during
-displaying.  A hashtable is used to quickly find the word count.  The count is
-initialized from words listed in COMMON items in the affix file, so that it
-also works when starting a new file.
-
-This isn't ideal, because the longer Vim is running the higher the counts
-become.  But in practice it is a noticeable improvement over not using the word
-count.
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Assumptions						*design-assumptions*
-
-Size of variables:
-char	    8 bit signed
-char_u	    8 bit unsigned
-int	    32 or 64 bit signed (16 might be possible with limited features)
-unsigned    32 or 64 bit unsigned (16 as with ints)
-long	    32 or 64 bit signed, can hold a pointer
-
-Note that some compilers cannot handle long lines or strings.  The C89
-standard specifies a limit of 509 characters.
-
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 28
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ The basics are explained in section |08.7| of the user manual.
 2. Viewing diffs		|view-diffs|
 3. Jumping to diffs		|jumpto-diffs|
 4. Copying diffs		|copy-diffs|
-5. Diff options			|diff-options|
+5. Diff anchors			|diff-anchors|
+6. Diff options			|diff-options|
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Starting diff mode					*start-vimdiff*
@@ -304,18 +305,20 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 
 
 When no [range] is given, the diff at the cursor position or just above it is
-affected.  When [range] is used, Vim tries to only put or get the specified
-lines.  When there are deleted lines, this may not always be possible.
+affected.  There can be deleted lines below the last line of the buffer.  When
+the cursor is on the last line in the buffer and there is no diff above this
+line, and no [range] is given, the diff below the cursor position will be used
+instead.
 
-There can be deleted lines below the last line of the buffer.  When the cursor
-is on the last line in the buffer and there is no diff above this line, the
-":diffget" and "do" commands will obtain lines from the other buffer.
+When [range] is used, Vim tries to only put or get the specified lines.  When
+there are deleted lines, they will be used if they are between the lines
+specified by [range].
 
-To be able to get those lines from another buffer in a [range] it's allowed to
-use the last line number plus one.  This command gets all diffs from the other
-buffer: >
+To be able to put or get those lines to/from another buffer in a [range] it's
+allowed to use 0 and the last line number plus one.  This command gets all
+diffs from the other buffer: >
 
-	:1,$+1diffget
+	:0,$+1diffget
 
 Note that deleted lines are displayed, but not counted as text lines.  You
 can't move the cursor into them.  To fill the deleted lines with the lines
@@ -334,9 +337,131 @@ name or a part of a buffer name.  Examples:
 				diff mode (e.g., "file.c.v2")
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Diff options						*diff-options*
+5. Diff anchors						*diff-anchors*
 
-Also see |'diffopt'| and the "diff" item of |'fillchars'|.
+Diff anchors allow you to control where the diff algorithm aligns and
+synchronize text across files.  Each anchor matches each other in each file,
+allowing you to control the output of a diff.
+
+This is useful when a change involves complicated edits.  For example, if a
+function was moved to another location and further edited.  By default, the
+algorithm aims to create the smallest diff, which results in that entire
+function being considered to be deleted and added on the other side, making it
+hard to see what the actual edit on it was.  You can use diff anchors to pin
+that function so the diff algorithm will align based on it.
+
+To use it, set anchors using 'diffanchors' which is a comma-separated list of
+{address} in each file, and then add "anchor" to 'diffopt'.  Internaly, Vim
+splits each file up into sections split by the anchors.  It performs the diff
+on each pair of sections separately before merging the results back.
+
+Setting 'diffanchors' will update the diff immediately.  If an anchor is tied
+to a mark, and you change what the mark is pointed to, you need to manually
+call |:diffupdate| afterwards to get the updated diff results.
+
+Example:
+
+Let's say we have the following files, side-by-side.  We are interested in the
+change that happened to the function `foo()`, which was both edited and moved.
+
+File A: >
+	int foo() {
+	    int n = 1;
+	    return n;
+	}
+
+	int g = 1;
+
+	int bar(int a) {
+	    a *= 2;
+	    a += 3;
+	    return a;
+	}
+<File B: >
+	int bar(int a) {
+	    a *= 2;
+	    a += 3;
+	    return a;
+	}
+
+	int foo() {
+	    int n = 999;
+	    return n;
+	}
+
+	int g = 1;
+<
+A normal diff will usually align the diff result as such: >
+
+	int foo() {     |----------------
+	    int n = 1;  |----------------
+	    return n;   |----------------
+	}               |----------------
+	                |----------------
+	int g = 1;      |----------------
+	                |----------------
+	int bar(int a) {|int bar(int a) {
+	    a *= 2;     |    a *= 2;
+	    a += 3;     |    a += 3;
+	    return a;   |    return a;
+	}               |}
+	----------------|
+	----------------|int foo() {
+	----------------|    int n = 999;
+	----------------|    return n;
+	----------------|}
+	----------------|
+	----------------|int g = 1;
+<
+What we want is to instead ask the diff to align on `foo()`: >
+
+	----------------|int bar(int a) {
+	----------------|    a *= 2;
+	----------------|    a += 3;
+	----------------|    return a;
+	----------------|}
+	----------------|
+	int foo() {     |int foo() {
+	    int n = 1;  |    int n = 999;
+	    return n;   |    return n;
+	}               |}
+	                |
+	int g = 1;      |int g = 1;
+	                |----------------
+	int bar(int a) {|----------------
+	    a *= 2;     |----------------
+	    a += 3;     |----------------
+	    return a;   |----------------
+	}               |----------------
+<
+
+Below are some ways of setting diff anchors to get the above result.  In each
+example, 'diffopt' needs to have `anchor` set for this to take effect.
+
+Marks: Set the |'a| mark on the `int foo()` lines in each file first before
+setting the anchors: >
+	set diffanchors='a
+
+Pattern: Specify the anchor using a |pattern| (see |:/|).  Here, we make sure
+to always start search from line 1 for consistency: >
+	set diffanchors=1/int\ foo(/
+<
+Selection: Use visual mode to select the entire `foo()` function body in each
+file.  Here, we use two anchors.  This does a better job of making sure only
+the function bodies are anchored against each other but not the lines after
+it.  Note the `'>+1` below.  The "+1" is necessary as we want the split to
+happen below the last line of the function, not above: >
+	set diffanchors='<,'>+1
+<
+Manually set two anchors using line numbers via buffer-local options: >
+	setlocal diffanchors=1,5
+	wincmd w
+	setlocal diffanchors=7,11
+<
+==============================================================================
+6. Diff options						*diff-options*
+
+Also see 'diffopt' and the "diff" item of 'fillchars'.
 
 					    *diff-slow* *diff_translations*
 For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 02
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1105,8 +1105,8 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ⌕	TR	2315	8981	TELEPHONE RECORDER
 ⌠	Iu	2320	8992	TOP HALF INTEGRAL
 ⌡	Il	2321	8993	BOTTOM HALF INTEGRAL
-〈	</	2329	9001	LEFT-POINTING ANGLE BRACKET
-〉	/>	232A	9002	RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE BRACKET
+⟨	<[	27E8	10040	LEFT MATHEMATICAL ANGLE BRACKET
+⟩	]>	27E9	10041	RIGHT MATHEMATICAL ANGLE BRACKET
 ␣	Vs	2423	9251	OPEN BOX
 ⑀	1h	2440	9280	OCR HOOK
 ⑁	3h	2441	9281	OCR CHAIR
@@ -1246,6 +1246,8 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 々	*_	3005	12293	IDEOGRAPHIC ITERATION MARK
 〆	;_	3006	12294	IDEOGRAPHIC CLOSING MARK
 〇	0_	3007	12295	IDEOGRAPHIC NUMBER ZERO
+〈	</	3008	12296	LEFT ANGLE BRACKET
+〉	/>	3009	12297	RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET
 《	<+	300A	12298	LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET
 》	>+	300B	12299	RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET
 「	<'	300C	12300	LEFT CORNER BRACKET

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 04
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			buffer.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
 
-:[count]arge[dit][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {name} ..		*:arge* *:argedit*
+:[count]arge[dit][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {name} ...		*:arge* *:argedit*
 			Add {name}s to the argument list and edit it.
 			There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
 			add a file to the argument list twice |:argded|.
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			edited. No check for duplicates is done.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
 
-:[count]arga[dd] {name} ..			*:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
+:[count]arga[dd] {name} ...			*:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
 :[count]arga[dd]						*E1156*
 			Add the {name}s to the argument list.  When {name} is
 			omitted add the current buffer name to the argument
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			If your current file is a duplicate, your current file
 			will change to the original file index.
 
-:argd[elete] {pattern} ..		*:argd* *:argdelete* *E480* *E610*
+:argd[elete] {pattern} ...		*:argd* *:argdelete* *E480* *E610*
 			Delete files from the argument list that match the
 			{pattern}s.  {pattern} is used like a file pattern,
 			see |file-pattern|.  "%" can be used to delete the
@@ -1342,15 +1342,15 @@ b:browsefilter variable.  You would most likely set b:browsefilter in a
 filetype plugin, so that the browse dialog would contain entries related to
 the type of file you are currently editing.  Disadvantage: This makes it
 difficult to start editing a file of a different type.  To overcome this, you
-may want to add >
+can add the following as the final filter on Windows: >
 
 	All Files\t(*.*)\t*\n
 <
-as the final filter on Windows or >
+Or the following on other platforms, so that the user can still access any
+desired file: >
 
 	All Files\t(*)\t*\n
 <
-on other platforms, so that the user can still access any desired file.
 
 To avoid setting browsefilter when Vim does not actually support it, you can
 use has("browsefilter"): >
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 
 :cd[!] {path}		Change the current directory to {path}.
 			If {path} is relative, it is searched for in the
-			directories listed in |'cdpath'|.
+			directories listed in 'cdpath'.
 			Clear any window-local directory.
 			Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
 			because its full path name is remembered.  Files from

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 04
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2240,6 +2240,15 @@ v:charconvert_to
 		The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
 		Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
 
+					*v:clipmethod*
+v:clipmethod	The current method of accessing the clipboard that is being
+		used.  Can either have the value of:
+			wayland		The Wayland protocol is being used.
+			x11		X11 selections are being used.
+			none		The above methods are unavailable or
+					cannot be used.
+		See 'clipmethod' for more details.
+
 					*v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
 v:cmdarg	This variable is used for two purposes:
 		1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
@@ -2969,6 +2978,12 @@ v:vim_did_enter	Zero until most of startup is done.  It is set to one just
 					*v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
 v:warningmsg	Last given warning message.  It's allowed to set this variable.
 
+					*v:wayland_display*
+v:wayland_display
+		The name of the Wayland display that Vim is connected to.
+		Equivalent to the $WAYLAND_DISPLAY environment variable.
+		If this is empty, then Vim is not connected to any display.
+
 					*v:windowid* *windowid-variable*
 v:windowid	When any X11/Wayland based GUI is running or when running in a
 		terminal and Vim connects to the X server (|-X|) this will be
@@ -3297,7 +3312,7 @@ text...
 				CODE
 <
 								*E121*
-:let {var-name}	..	List the value of variable {var-name}.  Multiple
+:let {var-name}	...	List the value of variable {var-name}.  Multiple
 			variable names may be given.  Special names recognized
 			here:				*E738*
 			  g:	global variables
@@ -3707,7 +3722,7 @@ text...
 			improve script readability.
 
 							*:ec* *:echo*
-:ec[ho] {expr1} ..	Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between.  The
+:ec[ho] {expr1} ...	Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between.  The
 			first {expr1} starts on a new line.
 			Also see |:comment|.
 			Use "\n" to start a new line.  Use "\r" to move the
@@ -3727,7 +3742,7 @@ text...
 		:new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
 <
 							*:echon*
-:echon {expr1} ..	Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added.  Also see
+:echon {expr1} ...	Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added.  Also see
 			|:comment|.
 			Uses the highlighting set by the `:echohl` command.
 			Cannot be followed by a comment.
@@ -3758,7 +3773,7 @@ text...
 			otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
 
 							*:echom* *:echomsg*
-:echom[sg] {expr1} ..	Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
+:echom[sg] {expr1} ...	Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
 			message in the |message-history|.
 			Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
 			`:echo` command.  But unprintable characters are
@@ -3790,7 +3805,7 @@ text...
 			with the +timer and the +popupwin features.
 
 							*:echoe* *:echoerr*
-:echoe[rr] {expr1} ..	Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
+:echoe[rr] {expr1} ...	Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
 			message in the |message-history|.  When used in a
 			script or function the line number will be added.
 			Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
@@ -3803,7 +3818,7 @@ text...
 			And to get a beep: >
 		:exe "normal \<Esc>"
 
-:echoc[onsole] {expr1} ..				*:echoc* *:echoconsole*
+:echoc[onsole] {expr1} ...				*:echoc* *:echoconsole*
 			Intended for testing: works like `:echomsg` but when
 			running in the GUI and started from a terminal write
 			the text to stdout.
@@ -3830,7 +3845,7 @@ text...
 
 
 							*:exe* *:execute*
-:exe[cute] {expr1} ..	Executes the string that results from the evaluation
+:exe[cute] {expr1} ...	Executes the string that results from the evaluation
 			of {expr1} as an Ex command.
 			Multiple arguments are concatenated, with a space in
 			between.  To avoid the extra space use the ".."
@@ -5195,7 +5210,7 @@ The |:Launch| user command uses shell completion for its first argument.
 
 NOTE: escaping of <args> is left to the user
 
-Examples: >vim
+Examples: >
 	vim9script
 
 	import autoload 'dist/vim9.vim'

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 May 10
+*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1063,8 +1063,18 @@ To disable: >
 <
 VIM							*ft-vim-plugin*
 
-The Vim filetype plugin defines mappings to move to the start and end of
-functions with [[ and ]].  Move around comments with ]" and [".
+The Vim filetype plugin defines the following mappings:
+
+    [[		move to the start of the previous function
+    ]]		move to the start of the next function
+    ][		move to the end of the previous function
+    []		move to the end of the next function
+    ]"		move to the next (legacy) comment
+    ["		move to the previous (legacy) comment
+    gf		edit the file under the cursor
+    CTRL-W gf	edit the file under the cursor in a new tab page
+    CTRL-W f	edit the file under the cursor in a new window
+
 
 The mappings can be disabled with: >
 	let g:no_vim_maps = 1

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 17
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ level is found.
 If this proves difficult, the next best thing could be to cache all fold
 levels in a buffer-local variable (b:foldlevels) that is only updated on
 |b:changedtick|:
->vim
+>
   vim9script
   def MyFoldFunc(): number
     if b:lasttick == b:changedtick
@@ -642,14 +642,17 @@ what you type!
 When using an operator, a closed fold is included as a whole.  Thus "dl"
 deletes the whole closed fold under the cursor.
 
-For Ex commands that work on buffer lines the range is adjusted to always
+For Ex commands that operate on buffer lines, the range is adjusted to always
 start at the first line of a closed fold and end at the last line of a closed
-fold.  Thus this command: >
+fold.  Thus, this command: >
 	:s/foo/bar/g
 when used with the cursor on a closed fold, will replace "foo" with "bar" in
 all lines of the fold.
 This does not happen for |:folddoopen| and |:folddoclosed|.
 
+Note that for some Ex commands like |:source| the range is only adjusted when
+using a two line specifiers [range].
+
 When editing a buffer that has been edited before, the last used folding
 settings are used again.  For manual folding the defined folds are restored.
 For all folding methods the manually opened and closed folds are restored.

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Sep 29
+*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		    ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ The Ada plug-in provides support for:
  - user completion	(|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|)
  - tag searches		(|tagsrch.txt|)
  - Quick Fix		(|quickfix.txt|)
- - backspace handling	(|'backspace'|)
- - comment handling	(|'comments'|, |'commentstring'|)
+ - backspace handling	('backspace')
+ - comment handling	('comments', 'commentstring')
 
 The plug-in only activates the features of the Ada mode whenever an Ada
 file is opened and adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ g:gnat.Project_File	string
 
 							 *g:gnat.Make_Command*
 g:gnat.Make_Command	string
-		External command used for |g:gnat.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
+		External command used for |g:gnat.Make()| ('makeprg').
 
 						       *g:gnat.Pretty_Program*
 g:gnat.Pretty_Program	string
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ g:gnat.Tags_Command	string
 
 							 *g:gnat.Error_Format*
 g:gnat.Error_Format	string
-		Error format (|'errorformat'|)
+		Error format ('errorformat')
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 4.2 Dec Ada ~
@@ -243,11 +243,11 @@ g:decada.Unit_Name()	function
 
 						       *g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Make_Command	string
-		External command used for |g:decada.Make()| (|'makeprg'|).
+		External command used for |g:decada.Make()| ('makeprg').
 
 						       *g:decada.Error_Format*
 g:decada.Error_Format	string
-		Error format (|'errorformat'|).
+		Error format ('errorformat').
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. References ~

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -159,7 +159,20 @@ g:rustfmt_emit_files~
 	determines whether to run rustfmt with '--emit=files' (when 1 is
 	provided) instead of '--write-mode=overwrite'. >
 	    let g:rustfmt_emit_files = 0
-
+<
+                                                       *g:rustfmt_detect_version*
+g:rustfmt_detect_version~
+	When set to 1, will try to parse the version output from "rustfmt".
+	Disabled by default for performance reasons
+>
+	    let g:rustfmt_detect_version = 1
+<
+                                                       *g:rustfmt_find_toml*
+g:rustfmt_emit_files~
+	When set to 1, will try to find "rustfmt.toml" file by searching from
+	current path upwards.  Disabled by default for performance reasons
+>
+	    let g:rustfmt_find_toml = 1
 <
                                                           *g:rust_playpen_url*
 g:rust_playpen_url~

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ with comments: >
 
 1.4 Macros					   *sql-macros*
 ----------
-Vim's feature to find macro definitions, |'define'|, is supported using this
+Vim's feature to find macro definitions, 'define', is supported using this
 regular expression: >
     \c\<\(VARIABLE\|DECLARE\|IN\|OUT\|INOUT\)\>
 
@@ -239,13 +239,13 @@ buffer basis, at any time.  The ftplugin/sql.vim file defines this function: >
 
 Executing this function without any parameters will set the indent and syntax
 scripts back to their defaults, see |sql-type-default|.  If you have turned
-off Vi's compatibility mode, |'compatible'|, you can use the <Tab> key to
+off Vi's compatibility mode, 'compatible', you can use the <Tab> key to
 complete the optional parameter.
 
 After typing the function name and a space, you can use the completion to
 supply a parameter.  The function takes the name of the Vim script you want to
 source.  Using the |cmdline-completion| feature, the SQLSetType function will
-search the |'runtimepath'| for all Vim scripts with a name containing 'sql'.
+search the 'runtimepath' for all Vim scripts with a name containing 'sql'.
 This takes the guess work out of the spelling of the names.  The following are
 examples: >
     :SQLSetType
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Here are some examples of the entries which are pulled from the syntax files: >
 ----------------
 Dynamic mode populates the popups with data directly from a database.  In
 order for the dynamic feature to be enabled you must have the dbext.vim
-plugin installed, (http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=356).
+plugin installed, (https://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=356).
 
 Dynamic mode is used by several features of the SQL completion plugin.
 After installing the dbext plugin see the dbext-tutorial for additional
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ depending on the syntax file you are using.  The SQL Anywhere syntax file
 Dynamic features
 ----------------
 To take advantage of the dynamic features you must first install the
-dbext.vim plugin (http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id=356).  It
+dbext.vim plugin (https://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=356).  It
 also comes with a tutorial.  From the SQL completion plugin's perspective,
 the main feature dbext provides is a connection to a database.  dbext
 connection profiles are the most efficient mechanism to define connection
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ Step 1
 Begins by editing a Perl file.  Vim automatically sets the filetype to
 "perl".  By default, Vim runs the appropriate filetype file
 ftplugin/perl.vim.  If you are using the syntax completion plugin by following
-the directions at |ft-syntax-omni| then the |'omnifunc'| option has been set to
+the directions at |ft-syntax-omni| then the 'omnifunc' option has been set to
 "syntax#Complete".  Pressing <C-X><C-O> will display the omni popup containing
 the syntax items for Perl.
 
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ maps for SQL completion, see |sql-completion-maps|.  Now these maps have
 been created and the SQL completion plugin has been initialized.  All SQL
 syntax items have been cached in preparation.  The SQL filetype script detects
 we are attempting to use two different completion plugins.  Since the SQL maps
-begin with <C-C>, the maps will toggle the |'omnifunc'| when in use.  So you
+begin with <C-C>, the maps will toggle the 'omnifunc' when in use.  So you
 can use <C-X><C-O> to continue using the completion for Perl (using the syntax
 completion plugin) and <C-C> to use the SQL completion features.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Nov 17
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ For older versions of XFree86 you must patch your X server.  The following
 page has a bit of information about using the Intellimouse on Linux as well as
 links to the patches and X server binaries (may not have the one you need
 though):
-    http://www.inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
+    (dead link) inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Mouse Control					*gui-mouse*

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jan 23
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ printer installed this should also work: >
 	:w >>prn
 
 Vim supports a number of standard MS-Windows features.  Some of these are
-detailed elsewhere: see |'mouse'|, |win32-hidden-menus|.
+detailed elsewhere: see 'mouse', |win32-hidden-menus|.
 
 							*drag-n-drop-win32*
 You can drag and drop one or more files into the Vim window, where they will

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Nov 17
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ For "mwm" (Motif window manager) the line would be: >
 
 Mouse Pointers Available in X11 ~
 						*X11_mouse_shapes*
-By using the |'mouseshape'| option, the mouse pointer can be automatically
+By using the 'mouseshape' option, the mouse pointer can be automatically
 changed whenever Vim enters one of its various modes (e.g., Insert or
 Command).  Currently, the available pointers are:
 
@@ -321,8 +321,8 @@ stuff like -bg, -fg, etc).  The ones that are supported are:
     -fg -foreground {color}			foreground color
     -bg -background {color}			background color
 
-To set the font, see |'guifont'|.  For GTK, there's also a menu option that
-does this.
+To set the font, see 'guifont'.  For GTK, there's also a menu option that does
+this.
 
 Additionally, there are these command line arguments, which are handled by GTK
 internally.  Look in the GTK documentation for how they are used:
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ If you want to set the colors of remaining gui components (e.g., the
 menubar, scrollbar, whatever), those are GTK specific settings and you
 need to set those up in some sort of gtkrc file.  You'll have to refer
 to the GTK documentation, however little there is, on how to do this.
-See http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/gtk-Resource-Files.html
+See https://www.manpagez.com/html/gtk2/gtk2-2.24.24/gtk2-Resource-Files.php
 for more information.
 							*gtk3-slow*
 If you are using GTK3 and Vim appears to be slow, try setting the environment
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ of the normal GtkWindow.  This enables Vim to act as a GTK+ plugin.
 
 This really is a programmer's interface, and is of no use without a supporting
 application to spawn the Vim correctly.  For more details on GTK+ sockets, see
-http://www.gtk.org/api/
+https://www.gtk.org/docs/apis/index
 
 Note that this feature requires the latest GTK version.  GTK 1.2.10 still has
 a small problem.  The socket feature has not yet been tested with GTK+ 2 --
@@ -649,9 +649,7 @@ X11R5 with a library for X11R6 probably doesn't work (although the linking
 won't give an error message, Vim will crash later).
 
 							*gui-wayland*
-Initial support for the Wayland display server protocol has landed in patch
-9.1.0064. To enable it, you need to set the environment variable
-"$GVIM_ENABLE_WAYLAND" in your shell.
+Support for the Wayland display server protocol has landed in patch 9.1.0064.
 
 Note: The Wayland protocol is subject to some restrictions, so the following
 functions won't work: |getwinpos()|, |getwinposx()|, |getwinposy()| and the
@@ -686,7 +684,7 @@ cut, copy and paste operations).
 
 Of these three, Vim uses PRIMARY when reading and writing the "* register
 (hence when the X11 selections are available, Vim sets a default value for
-|'clipboard'| of "autoselect"), and CLIPBOARD when reading and writing the "+
+'clipboard' of "autoselect"), and CLIPBOARD when reading and writing the "+
 register.  Vim does not access the SECONDARY selection.
 
 This applies both to the GUI and the terminal version.  For non-X11 systems

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 06
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 27
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -187,6 +187,9 @@ GUI ~
 |gui_w32.txt|	Win32 GUI
 |gui_x11.txt|	X11 GUI
 
+System Integration ~
+|wayland.txt|	Wayland protocol support
+
 Interfaces ~
 |if_cscop.txt|	using Cscope with Vim
 |if_lua.txt|	Lua interface

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 03
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -253,20 +253,21 @@ If you want to access an interactive table of contents, from any position in
 the file, you can use the helptoc plugin.  Load the plugin with: >vim
 
     packadd helptoc
-
+<
+					*HelpToc-mappings*
 Then you can use the `:HelpToc` command to open a popup menu.
 The latter supports the following normal commands: >
 
 	key | effect
 	----+---------------------------------------------------------
-	j   | select next entry
-	k   | select previous entry
-	J   | same as j, and jump to corresponding line in main buffer
-	K   | same as k, and jump to corresponding line in main buffer
 	c   | select nearest entry from cursor position in main buffer
 	g   | select first entry
 	G   | select last entry
 	H   | collapse one level
+	j   | select next entry
+	J   | same as j, and jump to corresponding line in main buffer
+	k   | select previous entry
+	K   | same as k, and jump to corresponding line in main buffer
 	L   | expand one level
 	p   | print current entry on command-line
 
@@ -274,6 +275,7 @@ The latter supports the following normal commands: >
 	    | press multiple times to toggle feature on/off
 
 	q   | quit menu
+	s   | split window, and jump to selected entry
 	z   | redraw menu with current entry at center
 	+   | increase width of popup menu
 	-   | decrease width of popup menu
@@ -410,6 +412,24 @@ and 'tabstop' options and the 'filetype' to "help".  Never set a global option
 in such a modeline, that can have undesired consequences.
 
 
+STYLE
+
+If your Vim has 'modeline' enabled, Vim should follow the preferred style
+automatically when editing built-in help files.
+
+Vim help files should be formatted for a 'textwidth' of 78 characters, so they
+look good in a typical 80 x 24 terminal window.
+
+Use two spaces between the final dot of a sentence of the first letter of the
+next sentence.  Like this.
+
+Use tab characters for aligning content, with a 'tabstop' setting of 8.
+This also helps reduce the file size.
+
+Always use |:retab| after you have finished editing.  Don't blindly use
+|:retab!|, always review what will be changed to avoid unwanted changes.
+
+
 TAGS
 
 To define a help tag, place the name between asterisks ("*tag-name*").  The

runtime/doc/howto.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*howto.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*howto.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ How to ...				*howdoi* *how-do-i* *howto* *how-to*
 |object-motions|	text-object motions
 |various-motions|	various motions
 |object-select|		text-object selection
-|'whichwrap'|		move over line breaks
-|'virtualedit'|		move to where there is no text
+'whichwrap'		move over line breaks
+'virtualedit'		move to where there is no text
 |usr_27.txt|		specify pattern for searches
 |tags-and-searches|	do tags and special searches
 |29.4|			search in include'd files used to find
@@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ How to ...				*howdoi* *how-do-i* *howto* *how-to*
 |K|			look up manual for the keyword under cursor
 
 |03.7|			scroll
-|'sidescroll'|		scroll horizontally/sideways
-|'scrolloff'|		set visible context lines
+'sidescroll'		scroll horizontally/sideways
+'scrolloff'		set visible context lines
 
 |mode-switching|	change modes
 |04.4|			use Visual mode
-|'insertmode'|		start Vim in Insert mode
+'insertmode'		start Vim in Insert mode
 
 |40.1|			map keys
 |24.7|			create abbreviations
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ How to ...				*howdoi* *how-do-i* *howto* *how-to*
 
 |20.1|			do command-line editing
 |20.3|			do command-line completion
-|'cmdheight'|		increase the height of command-line
+'cmdheight'		increase the height of command-line
 |10.3|			specify command-line ranges
 |40.3|			specify commands to be executed automatically
 			before/after reading/writing entering/leaving a
 			buffer/window
 
-|'autowrite'|		write automatically
+'autowrite'		write automatically
 |30.1|			speedup edit-compile-edit cycle or compile and fix
 			errors within Vim
 
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ How to ...				*howdoi* *how-do-i* *howto* *how-to*
 |term-dependent-settings| set options depending on terminal name
 |save-settings|		save settings
 |:quote|		comment my .vim files
-|'helpheight'|		change the default help height
-|'highlight'|		set various highlighting modes
-|'title'|		set the window title
-|'icon'|		set window icon title
-|'report'|		avoid seeing the change messages on every line
-|'shortmess'|		avoid |hit-enter| prompts
+'helpheight'		change the default help height
+'highlight'		set various highlighting modes
+'title'			set the window title
+'icon'			set window icon title
+'report'		avoid seeing the change messages on every line
+'shortmess'		avoid |hit-enter| prompts
 
 |mouse-using|		use mouse with Vim
 |usr_08.txt|		manage multiple windows and buffers

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ limited to Unix systems.
 Additionally Cscope support works for Win32.  For more information and a
 cscope version for Win32 see (link seems dead):
 
-	http://iamphet.nm.ru/cscope/index.html
+	iamphet.nm.ru/cscope/index.html
 
 The DJGPP-built version from http://cscope.sourceforge.net is known to not
 work with Vim.

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 02
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ tag		command		   action in op-pending and Visual mode	~
 tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-B|	CTRL-W CTRL-B	   same as "CTRL-W b"
-|CTRL-W_CTRL-C|	CTRL-W CTRL-C	   same as "CTRL-W c"
+|CTRL-W_CTRL-C|	CTRL-W CTRL-C	   no-op
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-D|	CTRL-W CTRL-D	   same as "CTRL-W d"
 |CTRL-W_CTRL-F|	CTRL-W CTRL-F	   same as "CTRL-W f"
 		CTRL-W CTRL-G	   same as "CTRL-W g .."
@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ tag		command		action in Command-line editing mode	~
 |c_CTRL-D|	CTRL-D		list completions that match the pattern in
 				front of the cursor
 |c_CTRL-E|	CTRL-E		cursor to end of command-line
-|'cedit'|	CTRL-F		default value for 'cedit': opens the
+'cedit'		CTRL-F		default value for 'cedit': opens the
 				command-line window; otherwise not used
 |c_CTRL-G|	CTRL-G		next match when 'incsearch' is active
 |c_<BS>|	<BS>		delete the character in front of the cursor
@@ -1264,6 +1264,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:class|	:class		start of a class declaration
 |:clast|	:cla[st]	go to the specified error, default last one
 |:clearjumps|	:cle[arjumps]	clear the jump list
+|:clipreset|	:clip[reset]	reset 'clipmethod'
 |:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
 |:close|	:clo[se]	close current window
 |:cmap|		:cm[ap]		like ":map" but for Command-line mode
@@ -1740,6 +1741,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:unabbreviate|	:una[bbreviate]	remove abbreviation
 |:unhide|	:unh[ide]	open a window for each loaded file in the
 				buffer list
+|:uniq|		:uni[q]		uniq lines
 |:unlet|	:unl[et]	delete variable
 |:unlockvar|	:unlo[ckvar]	unlock variables
 |:unmap|	:unm[ap]	remove mapping
@@ -1776,6 +1778,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:winsize|	:wi[nsize]	get or set window size (obsolete)
 |:wincmd|	:winc[md]	execute a Window (CTRL-W) command
 |:winpos|	:winp[os]	get or set window position
+|:wlrestore|	:wl[restore]	restore the Wayland compositor connection
 |:wnext|	:wn[ext]	write to a file and go to next file in
 				argument list
 |:wprevious|	:wp[revious]	write to a file and go to previous file in

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 04
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ use "CTRL-V 003" to insert a CTRL-C.  Note: When CTRL-V is mapped you can
 often use CTRL-Q instead |i_CTRL-Q|.
 
 If you are working in a special language mode when inserting text, see the
-'langmap' option, |'langmap'|, on how to avoid switching this mode on and off
+'langmap' option, 'langmap', on how to avoid switching this mode on and off
 all the time.
 
 If you have 'insertmode' set, <Esc> and a few other keys get another meaning.
-See |'insertmode'|.
+See 'insertmode'.
 
 char		action	~
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -284,15 +284,17 @@ The effect of the <BS>, CTRL-W, and CTRL-U depend on the 'backspace' option
 
 item	    action ~
 indent	    allow backspacing over autoindent
-eol	    allow backspacing over end-of-line (join lines)
-start	    allow backspacing over the start position of insert; CTRL-W and
-	    CTRL-U stop once at the start position
+eol	    allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
+start	    allow backspacing over the start of insert; CTRL-W and CTRL-U stop
+	    once at the start of insert.
+nostop	    like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start of
+	    insert.
 
 When 'backspace' is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.  You cannot
 backspace over autoindent, before column 1 or before where insert started.
 
 For backwards compatibility the values "0", "1", "2" and "3" are also allowed,
-see |'backspace'|.
+see 'backspace'.
 
 If the 'backspace' option does contain "eol" and the cursor is in column 1
 when one of the three keys is used, the current line is joined with the
@@ -619,7 +621,7 @@ In 'list' mode, Virtual Replace mode acts as if it was not in 'list' mode,
 unless "L" is in 'cpoptions'.
 
 Note that the only situations for which characters beyond the cursor should
-appear to move are in List mode |'list'|, and occasionally when 'wrap' is set
+appear to move are in List mode 'list', and occasionally when 'wrap' is set
 (and the line changes length to become shorter or wider than the width of the
 screen).  In other cases spaces may be inserted to avoid following characters
 to move.
@@ -648,7 +650,7 @@ Completion can be done for:
 10. User defined completion				|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 11. omni completion					|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
 12. Spelling suggestions				|i_CTRL-X_s|
-13. keywords in 'complete'				|i_CTRL-N| |i_CTRL-P|
+13. completions from 'complete'				|i_CTRL-N| |i_CTRL-P|
 14. contents from registers				|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-R|
 
 Additionally, |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-Z| stops completion without changing the text.
@@ -659,6 +661,9 @@ and one of the CTRL-X commands.  You exit CTRL-X mode by typing a key that is
 not a valid CTRL-X mode command.  Valid keys are the CTRL-X command itself,
 CTRL-N (next), and CTRL-P (previous).
 
+By default, the possible completions are showed in a menu and the first
+completion is inserted into the text. This can be adjusted with 'completeopt'.
+
 To get the current completion information, |complete_info()| can be used.
 Also see the 'infercase' option if you want to adjust the case of the match.
 
@@ -1100,25 +1105,23 @@ CTRL-X s		Locate the word in front of the cursor and find the
 			previous one.
 
 
-Completing keywords from different sources		*compl-generic*
+Completing from different sources			*compl-generic*
 
 							*i_CTRL-N*
-CTRL-N			Find next match for words that start with the
-			keyword in front of the cursor, looking in places
-			specified with the 'complete' option.  The found
-			keyword is inserted in front of the cursor.
+CTRL-N			Find the next match for a word ending at the cursor,
+			using the sources specified in the 'complete' option.
+			All sources complete from keywords, except functions,
+			which may complete from non-keyword.  The matched
+			text is inserted before the cursor.
 
 							*i_CTRL-P*
-CTRL-P			Find previous match for words that start with the
-			keyword in front of the cursor, looking in places
-			specified with the 'complete' option.  The found
-			keyword is inserted in front of the cursor.
+CTRL-P			Same as CTRL-N, but find the previous match.
 
-	CTRL-N		Search forward for next matching keyword.  This
-			keyword replaces the previous matching keyword.
+	CTRL-N		Search forward through the matches and insert the
+			next one.
 
-	CTRL-P		Search backwards for next matching keyword.  This
-			keyword replaces the previous matching keyword.
+	CTRL-P		Search backward through the matches and insert the
+			previous one.
 
 	CTRL-X CTRL-N or
 	CTRL-X CTRL-P	Further use of CTRL-X CTRL-N or CTRL-X CTRL-P will
@@ -1132,6 +1135,22 @@ Stop completion						*compl-stop*
 CTRL-X CTRL-Z		Stop completion without changing the text.
 
 
+AUTOCOMPLETION						*ins-autocompletion*
+
+Vim can display a completion menu as you type, similar to using |i_CTRL-N|,
+but triggered automatically.  See 'autocomplete' and 'autocompletedelay'.
+The menu items are collected from the sources listed in the 'complete' option.
+
+Unlike manual |i_CTRL-N| completion, this mode uses a decaying timeout to keep
+Vim responsive.  Sources earlier in the 'complete' list are given more time
+(higher priority), but every source is guaranteed a time slice, however small.
+
+This mode is fully compatible with other completion modes.  You can invoke
+any of them at any time by typing |CTRL-X|, which temporarily suspends
+autocompletion.  To use |i_CTRL-N| specifically, press |CTRL-E| first to
+dismiss the popup menu (see |complete_CTRL-E|).
+
+
 FUNCTIONS FOR FINDING COMPLETIONS			*complete-functions*
 
 This applies to 'completefunc', 'thesaurusfunc' and 'omnifunc'.
@@ -1257,13 +1276,16 @@ of values:
 Example: >
 	:set completepopup=height:10,width:60,highlight:InfoPopup
 
-When the "align" value is "item" then the popup is positioned close to the
-selected item.  Changing the selection will also move the popup.  When "align"
-is "menu" then the popup is aligned with the top of the menu if the menu is
-below the text, and the bottom of the menu otherwise.
+When `"align"` is set to `"item"`, the popup is positioned near the selected
+item, and moves as the selection changes.
+When set to `"menu"`, the popup aligns with the top of the menu (if the menu
+appears below the text), or with the bottom (if the menu appears above).
 
-After the info popup is created it can be found with |popup_findinfo()| and
-properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
+If the 'mouse' is enabled, a close button and resize handle will appear on the
+popup border.
+
+After creation, the info popup can be located with |popup_findinfo()| and
+modified using |popup_setoptions()|.
 
 						*complete-popuphidden*
 If the information for the popup is obtained asynchronously, use "popuphidden"
@@ -1471,7 +1493,7 @@ Universal Ctags is preferred, Exuberant Ctags is no longer being developed.
 
 For Exuberant ctags, version 5.6 or later is recommended.  For version 5.5.4
 you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
-	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
+	https://ftp.nluug.nl/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
 A compiled .exe for MS-Windows can be found at:
 	http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
 	https://github.com/universal-ctags/ctags-win32

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 05
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ current mode			'showmode'	on	    on
 command characters		'showcmd'	on	    off
 cursor position			'ruler'		off	    off
 
-The current mode is "-- INSERT --" or "-- REPLACE --", see |'showmode'|.  The
+The current mode is "-- INSERT --" or "-- REPLACE --", see 'showmode'.  The
 command characters are those that you typed but were not used yet.
 
 If you have a slow terminal you can switch off the status messages to speed

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 08
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1635,13 +1635,13 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=cscope	|:cscope| suboptions
 	-complete=diff_buffer	diff buffer names
 	-complete=dir		directory names
-	-complete=dir_in_path	directory names in |'cdpath'|
+	-complete=dir_in_path	directory names in 'cdpath'
 	-complete=environment	environment variable names
 	-complete=event		autocommand events
 	-complete=expression	Vim expression
 	-complete=file		file and directory names
-	-complete=file_in_path	file and directory names in |'path'|
-	-complete=filetype	filetype names |'filetype'|
+	-complete=file_in_path	file and directory names in 'path'
+	-complete=filetype	filetype names 'filetype'
 	-complete=function	function name
 	-complete=help		help subjects
 	-complete=highlight	highlight groups
@@ -1654,13 +1654,14 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=messages	|:messages| suboptions
 	-complete=option	options
 	-complete=packadd	optional package |pack-add| names
-	-complete=runtime	file and directory names in |'runtimepath'|
+	-complete=retab		|:retab| suboptions
+	-complete=runtime	file and directory names in 'runtimepath'
 	-complete=scriptnames	sourced script names
 	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
 	-complete=shellcmdline	First is a shell command and subsequent ones
 				are filenames. The same behavior as |:!cmd|
 	-complete=sign		|:sign| suboptions
-	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
+	-complete=syntax	syntax file names 'syntax'
 	-complete=syntime	|:syntime| suboptions
 	-complete=tag		tags
 	-complete=tag_listfiles	tags, file names are shown when CTRL-D is hit

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jul 17
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Useful utilities for converting the charset:
 	|charset| converter.  Supported |charset|: ISO-2022-CN, ISO-2022-JP,
 	ISO-2022-KR, EUC-CN, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, UTF-7, UTF-8, ISO-8859
 	series, Shift_JIS, Big5 and HZ.  Lv can be found at (link seems dead):
-	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/lv/index.html
+	ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/lv/index.html
 
 
 							*mbyte-conversion*
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ is suitable for complex input, such as CJK.
   pronounced in Hira-gana, second, we convert Hira-gana to Kanji or Kata-Kana,
   if needed.  There are some Kana-Kanji conversion server: jserver
   (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna can be found at:
-  https://osdn.net/projects/canna/
+  (dead link) osdn.net/projects/canna/
 
 There is a good input system: Wnn4.2.  Wnn 4.2 contains,
     xwnmo (|IM-server|)

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 06
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ attempting a symlink attack (could happen when editing a file in /tmp or when
 
 Vim (and Vi) expect tags files to be sorted in ASCII order.  Binary searching
 can then be used, which is a lot faster than a linear search.  If your tags
-files are not properly sorted, reset the |'tagbsearch'| option.
+files are not properly sorted, reset the 'tagbsearch' option.
 This message is only given when Vim detects a problem when searching for a
 tag.  Sometimes this message is not given, even though the tags file is not
 properly sorted.

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Apr 03
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ protocol. There are existing implementations in C, C++, Python and Java. The
 name NetBeans is kept today for historical reasons.
 
 Active project using the NetBeans protocol of Vim:
-- Eclim, http://eclim.org/
+- Eclim, (dead link) eclim.org/
 
 VimIntegration, description of various projects doing Vim Integration:
-	http://www.freehackers.org/VimIntegration
+	(dead link) www.freehackers.org/VimIntegration
 
 Projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are or were:
 - Agide, an IDE for the AAP project, written in Python (now replaced by
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are or were:
 - Pyclewn, a gdb integration into Vim, written in Python:
 	http://pyclewn.sourceforge.net/
 - VimWrapper, library to easy Vim integration into IDE:
-	http://www.freehackers.org/VimWrapper
+	(dead link) freehackers.org/VimWrapper
 Outdated projects (links don't work):
 - VimPlugin, integration of Vim inside Eclipse:
 	http://vimplugin.sourceforge.net/wiki/pmwiki.php
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ in recent releases.
 
 For more information visit the main NetBeans web site http://www.netbeans.org.
 The External Editor is now, unfortunately, declared obsolete.  See (link seems
-dead): http://externaleditor.netbeans.org.
+dead): externaleditor.netbeans.org.
 
 Sun Microsystems, Inc. also ships NetBeans under the name Sun ONE Studio.
 Visit http://www.sun.com for more information regarding the Sun ONE Studio
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The Win32 support is now in beta stage.
 
 To use XPM signs on Win32 (e.g. when using with NetBeans) you can compile
 XPM by yourself or use precompiled libraries from (link seems dead):
-http://iamphet.nm.ru/misc/ (for MS Visual C++) or
+iamphet.nm.ru/misc/ (for MS Visual C++) or
 http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net (for MinGW).
 
 Enable debugging:
@@ -942,12 +942,13 @@ netbeans.org on building NetBeans.
 
 Depending on the version of NetBeans you download, you may need to do further
 work to get the required External Editor module.  This is the module which lets
-NetBeans work with gvim (or xemacs :-).  See http://externaleditor.netbeans.org
+NetBeans work with gvim (or xemacs :-).  See (dead link)
+externaleditor.netbeans.org
 for details on downloading this module if your NetBeans release does not have
 it.
 
 For C, C++, and Fortran support you will also need the cpp module.  See
-http://cpp.netbeans.org (link seems dead) for information regarding this
+cpp.netbeans.org (link seems dead) for information regarding this
 module.
 
 You can also download Sun ONE Studio from Sun Microsystems, Inc for a 30 day
@@ -994,10 +995,11 @@ Unfortunately, some versions do not have this module in their update
 center.  If you cannot download via the update center you will need to
 download sources and build the module.  I will try and get the module
 available from the NetBeans Update Center so building will be unnecessary.
-Also check http://externaleditor.netbeans.org for other availability options.
+Also check (dead link) externaleditor.netbeans.org
+for other availability options.
 
 To download the External Editor sources via CVS and build your own module,
-see http://externaleditor.netbeans.org and http://www.netbeans.org.
+see (dead link) externaleditor.netbeans.org and http://www.netbeans.org.
 Unfortunately, this is not a trivial procedure.
 
 

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 07
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -911,6 +911,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the current directory won't change when navigating to it.
 	Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
 
+			*'autocomplete'* *'ac'* *'noautocomplete'* *'noac'*
+'autocomplete' 'ac'	boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{only available on platforms with timing support}
+	When on, Vim shows a completion menu as you type, similar to using
+	|i_CTRL-N|, but triggered automatically.  See |ins-autocompletion|.
+
+					*'autocompletedelay'* *'acl'*
+'autocompletedelay' 'acl'	number	(default 0)
+				global
+	Delay in milliseconds before the autocomplete menu appears after
+	typing. If you prefer it not to open too quickly, set this value
+	slightly above your typing speed. See |ins-autocompletion|.
+
 			*'autoindent'* *'ai'* *'noautoindent'* *'noai'*
 'autoindent' 'ai'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
@@ -1028,7 +1042,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
 	If the GUI supports a dark theme, you can use the "d" flag in
-	'guioptions', see 'go-d'.
+	'guioptions', see |'go-d'|.
 
 	When the |t_RB| option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
 	color from the terminal.  If the returned RGB value is dark/light and
@@ -1582,7 +1596,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"nofile" and "nowrite" buffers are similar:
 	both:		The buffer is not to be written to disk, ":w" doesn't
 			work (":w filename" does work though).
-	both:		The buffer is never considered to be |'modified'|.
+	both:		The buffer is never considered to be 'modified'.
 			There is no warning when the changes will be lost, for
 			example when you quit Vim.
 	both:		A swap file is only created when using too much memory
@@ -1635,7 +1649,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	searched for has a relative path, not an absolute part starting with
 	"/", "./" or "../", the 'cdpath' option is not used then.
 	The 'cdpath' option's value has the same form and semantics as
-	|'path'|.  Also see |file-searching|.
+	'path'.  Also see |file-searching|.
 	The default value is taken from $CDPATH, with a "," prepended to look
 	in the current directory first.
 	If the default value taken from $CDPATH is not what you want, include
@@ -1785,7 +1799,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						  for X-windows, "" otherwise)
 			global
 			{only in GUI versions or when the |+xterm_clipboard|
-			feature is included}
+			or |+wayland_clipboard| features are included}
 	This option is a list of comma-separated names.
 	Note: if one of the items is "exclude:", then you can't add an item
 	after that.  Therefore do not append an item with += but use ^= to
@@ -1810,12 +1824,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			register '*' for all yank, delete, change and put
 			operations which would normally go to the unnamed
 			register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
-			option, yank operations (but not delete, change or
-			put) will additionally copy the text into register
-			'*'.
-			Only available with the |+X11| feature.
-			Availability can be checked with: >
-				if has('unnamedplus')
+			option, yank operations (but not delete, change or put)
+			will additionally copy the text into register '*'.  If
+			Wayland is being used and the compositor does not
+			support the primary-selection-unstable-v1 protocol,
+			then the regular selection is used in its place.  Only
+			available with the |+X11| or |+wayland_clipboard|
+			feature.  Availability can be checked with: >
+			if has('unnamedplus')
 <
 						*clipboard-autoselect*
 	autoselect	Works like the 'a' flag in 'guioptions': If present,
@@ -1852,24 +1868,54 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	exclude:{pattern}
 			Defines a pattern that is matched against the name of
 			the terminal 'term'.  If there is a match, no
-			connection will be made to the X server.  This is
-			useful in this situation:
+			connection will be made to the X server or Wayland
+			compositor.  This is useful in this situation:
 			- Running Vim in a console.
-			- $DISPLAY is set to start applications on another
-			  display.
-			- You do not want to connect to the X server in the
-			  console, but do want this in a terminal emulator.
-			To never connect to the X server use: >
+			- $DISPLAY/$WAYLAND_DISPLAY is set to start
+			  applications on another display.
+			- You do not want to connect to the X server/Wayland
+			  compositor in the console, but do want this in a
+			  terminal emulator.
+			To never connect to the X server/Wayland compositor
+			use: >
 				exclude:.*
-<			This has the same effect as using the |-X| argument.
+<			This has the same effect as using the |-X| or |-Y|
+			argument.
 			Note that when there is no connection to the X server
 			the window title won't be restored and the clipboard
-			cannot be accessed.
+			cannot be accessed.  This is the same for Wayland,
+			except there is no title restoring.
 			The value of 'magic' is ignored, {pattern} is
 			interpreted as if 'magic' was on.
 			The rest of the option value will be used for
 			{pattern}, this must be the last entry.
 
+						*'clipmethod'* *'cpm'*
+'clipmethod' 'cpm'	string	(default for Unix: "wayland,x11",
+				 for VMS: "x11",
+				 otherwise: "")
+			global
+			{only when the |+xterm_clipboard| or
+			|+wayland_clipboard| features are included}
+	Specifies which method of accessing the system clipboard is used,
+	depending on which method works first or is available.  Supported
+	methods are:
+		wayland		Wayland selections
+		x11		X11 selections
+
+	Note: This option is ignored when either the GUI is running or if Vim
+	is run on a system without Wayland or X11 support, such as Windows or
+	macOS.  The GUI or system way of accessing the clipboard is always
+	used instead.
+
+	The option value is a list of comma separated items.  The list is
+	parsed left to right in order, and the first method that Vim
+	determines is available or is working is used as the actual method for
+	accessing the clipboard.
+
+	The current method that is being used can be found in the |v:clipmethod|
+	variable.
+
 						*'cmdheight'* *'ch'*
 'cmdheight' 'ch'	number	(default 1)
 			global or local to tab page
@@ -2043,7 +2089,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'smartcase'	+ off		no automatic ignore case switch
 	'smartindent'	+ off		no smart indentation
 	'smarttab'	+ off		no smart tab size
-	'softtabstop'	+ 0		tabs are always 'tabstop' positions
+	'softtabstop'	+ 0		no soft tab stops
 	'startofline'	+ on		goto startofline with some commands
 	'tagcase'	& "followic"	'ignorecase' when searching tags file
 	'tagrelative'	& off		tag file names are not relative
@@ -2091,18 +2137,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		name of a function or a |Funcref|.  For |Funcref| values,
 		spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and commas with
 		double backslashes ('\\') (see |option-backslash|).
+		Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions starting
+		from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and their
+		start position for replacing text may differ from other sources.
 		If the Dict returned by the {func} includes {"refresh": "always"},
 		the function will be invoked again whenever the leading text
 		changes.
-		Completion matches are always inserted at the keyword
-		boundary, regardless of the column returned by {func} when
-		a:findstart is 1.  This ensures compatibility with other
-		completion sources.
-		To make further modifications to the inserted text, {func}
-		can make use of |CompleteDonePre|.
-		If generating matches is potentially slow, |complete_check()|
-		should be used to avoid blocking and preserve editor
-		responsiveness.
+		If generating matches is potentially slow, call
+		|complete_check()| periodically to keep Vim responsive. This
+		is especially important for |ins-autocompletion|.
 	F	equivalent to using "F{func}", where the function is taken from
 		the 'completefunc' option.
 	o	equivalent to using "F{func}", where the function is taken from
@@ -2192,7 +2235,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    controls how completion candidates are reduced from the
 		    list of alternatives.  If you want to use |fuzzy-matching|
 		    to gather more alternatives for your candidate list,
-		    see |'completefuzzycollect'|.
+		    see 'completefuzzycollect'.
 
 	   longest  Only insert the longest common text of the matches.  If
 		    the menu is displayed you can use CTRL-L to add more
@@ -2229,7 +2272,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   popup    Show extra information about the currently selected
 		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
 		    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
-		    See |'completepopup'| for specifying properties.
+		    See 'completepopup' for specifying properties.
 		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
 
 	   popuphidden
@@ -2249,6 +2292,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
 		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
 
+	Only "fuzzy", "popup", "popuphidden" and "preview" have an effect when
+	'autocomplete' is enabled.
+
+	This option does not apply to |cmdline-completion|. See 'wildoptions'
+	for that.
+
 					*'completepopup'* *'cpp'*
 'completepopup' 'cpp'	string (default empty)
 			global
@@ -2344,7 +2393,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	Copy the structure of the existing lines indent when autoindenting a
 	new line.  Normally the new indent is reconstructed by a series of
-	tabs followed by spaces as required (unless |'expandtab'| is enabled,
+	tabs followed by spaces as required (unless 'expandtab' is enabled,
 	in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option makes the
 	new line copy whatever characters were used for indenting on the
 	existing line.  'expandtab' has no effect on these characters, a Tab
@@ -2355,7 +2404,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'cpoptions'* *'cpo'* *cpo*
 'cpoptions' 'cpo'	string	(Vim default: "aABceFsz",
-				 Vi default:  all flags, except "#{|&/\."
+				 Vi default:  all flags, except "#{|&/\.~"
 				 |$VIM_POSIX|:  all flags)
 			global
 	A sequence of single character flags.  When a character is present
@@ -2495,7 +2544,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*cpo-m*
 		m	When included, a showmatch will always wait half a
 			second.  When not included, a showmatch will wait half
-			a second or until a character is typed.  |'showmatch'|
+			a second or until a character is typed.  'showmatch'
 								*cpo-M*
 		M	When excluded, "%" matching will take backslashes into
 			account.  Thus in "( \( )" and "\( ( \)" the outer
@@ -2645,6 +2694,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			character, the cursor won't move. When not included,
 			the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
 			following occurrence.
+								*cpo-~*
+		~	When included, don't resolve symbolic links when
+			changing directory with |:cd|, |:lcd|, or |:tcd|.
+			This preserves the symbolic link path in buffer names
+			and when displaying the current directory.  When
+			excluded (default), symbolic links are resolved to
+			their target paths.
 
 	POSIX flags.  These are not included in the Vi default value, except
 	when $VIM_POSIX was set on startup. |posix|
@@ -2947,6 +3003,29 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Join the current window in the group of windows that shows differences
 	between files.  See |vimdiff|.
 
+					    *'dia'* *'diffanchors'* *E1549*
+'diffanchors' 'dia'	string	(default "")
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
+	List of {address} in each buffer, separated by commas, that are
+	considered anchors when used for diffing.  It's valid to specify "$+1"
+	for 1 past the last line.  "%" cannot be used for this option.  There
+	can be at most 20 anchors set for each buffer.
+
+	Each anchor line splits the buffer (the split happens above the
+	anchor), with each part being diff'ed separately before the final
+	result is joined.  When more than one {address} are provided, the
+	anchors will be sorted interally by line number.  If using buffer
+	local options, each buffer should have the same number of anchors
+	(extra anchors will be ignored).  This option is only used when
+	'diffopt' has "anchor" set.  See |diff-anchors| for more details and
+	examples.
+								*E1550*
+	If some of the {address} do not resolve to a line in each buffer (e.g.
+	a pattern search that does not match anything), none of the anchors
+	will be used.
+								*E1562*
+	Diff anchors can only be used when there are no hidden diff buffers.
+
 						*'dex'* *'diffexpr'*
 'diffexpr' 'dex'	string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -2975,6 +3054,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				patience   patience diff algorithm
 				histogram  histogram diff algorithm
 
+		anchor		Anchor specific lines in each buffer to be
+				aligned with each other if 'diffanchors' is
+				set.  See |diff-anchors|.
+
 		closeoff	When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
 				and there is only one window remaining in the
 				same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
@@ -3077,6 +3160,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				"linematch:60", as this will enable alignment
 				for a 2 buffer diff hunk of 30 lines each,
 				or a 3 buffer diff hunk of 20 lines each.
+				Implicitly sets "filler" when this is set.
 
 		vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
 				explicitly specified otherwise).
@@ -3387,6 +3471,73 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	buffers, for which window and buffer related autocommands can be
 	ignored indefinitely without affecting the global 'eventignore'.
 
+	Note: The following events are considered to happen outside of a
+	window context and thus cannot be ignored by 'eventignorewin':
+
+		|CmdlineChanged|,
+		|CmdlineEnter|,
+		|CmdlineLeave|,
+		|CmdlineLeavePre|,
+		|CmdUndefined|,
+		|CmdwinEnter|,
+		|CmdwinLeave|,
+		|ColorScheme|,
+		|ColorSchemePre|,
+		|CompleteChanged|,
+		|CompleteDone|,
+		|CompleteDonePre|,
+		|DiffUpdated|,
+		|DirChanged|,
+		|DirChangedPre|,
+		|EncodingChanged|,
+		|ExitPre|,
+		|FocusGained|,
+		|FocusLost|,
+		|FuncUndefined|,
+		|GUIEnter|,
+		|GUIFailed|,
+		|KeyInputPre|,
+		|MenuPopup|,
+		|ModeChanged|,
+		|OptionSet|,
+		|QuickFixCmdPost|,
+		|QuickFixCmdPre|,
+		|QuitPre|,
+		|RemoteReply|,
+		|SafeState|,
+		|SafeStateAgain|,
+		|SessionLoadPost|,
+		|SessionWritePost|,
+		|ShellCmdPost|,
+		|SigUSR1|,
+		|SourceCmd|,
+		|SourcePost|,
+		|SourcePre|,
+		|SpellFileMissing|,
+		|StdinReadPost|,
+		|StdinReadPre|,
+		|SwapExists|,
+		|Syntax|,
+		|TabClosed|,
+		|TabClosedPre|,
+		|TabEnter|,
+		|TabLeave|,
+		|TabNew|,
+		|TermChanged|,
+		|TerminalOpen|,
+		|TerminalWinOpen|,
+		|TermResponse|,
+		|TermResponseAll|,
+		|User|,
+		|VimEnter|,
+		|VimLeave|,
+		|VimLeavePre|,
+		|VimResized|,
+		|VimResume|,
+		|VimSuspend|,
+		|WinNew|,
+		|WinNewPre|
+
 				 *'expandtab'* *'et'* *'noexpandtab'* *'noet'*
 'expandtab' 'et'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
@@ -4495,7 +4646,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-Directory|	 d  directories in CTRL-D listing and other special
 			    things in listings
 	|hl-ErrorMsg|	 e  error messages
-			 h  (obsolete, ignored)
 	|hl-IncSearch|	 i  'incsearch' highlighting
 	|hl-CurSearch|	 y  current instance of last search pattern
 	|hl-Search|	 l  last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch')
@@ -4517,9 +4667,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-Title|	 t  Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
 	|hl-VertSplit|	 c  column used to separate vertically split windows
 	|hl-Visual|	 v  Visual mode
-	|hl-VisualNOS|	 V  Visual mode when Vim does is "Not Owning the
-			    Selection" Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and
-			    |xterm-clipboard|.
+	|hl-VisualNOS|	 V  Visual mode when Vim is "Not Owning the
+			    Selection" Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11|,
+			    |xterm-clipboard| and |wayland-selections|
 	|hl-WarningMsg|	 w  warning messages
 	|hl-WildMenu|	 W  wildcard matches displayed for 'wildmenu'
 	|hl-Folded|	 f  line used for closed folds
@@ -5468,8 +5618,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'lispoptions' 'lop'	string	(default "")
 			local to buffer
 	Comma-separated list of items that influence the Lisp indenting when
-	enabled with the |'lisp'| option.  Currently only one item is
-	supported:
+	enabled with the 'lisp' option.  Currently only one item is supported:
 		expr:1	use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting when it is set
 		expr:0	do not use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting (default)
 	Note that when using 'indentexpr' the `=` operator indents all the
@@ -5479,7 +5628,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'lispwords' 'lw'	string	(default is very long)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Comma-separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting when
-	enabled with the |'lisp'| option.
+	enabled with the 'lisp' option.
 
 						*'list'* *'nolist'*
 'list'			boolean	(default off)
@@ -5793,6 +5942,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	used.
 	Also see 'maxmem'.
 
+						*'maxsearchcount'* *'msc'*
+'maxsearchcount' 'msc'	number	(default 99)
+			global
+	Maximum number of matches shown for the search count status |shm-S|
+	When the number of matches exceeds this value, Vim shows ">" instead
+	of the exact count to keep searching fast.
+	Note: larger values may impact performance.
+	The value must be between 1 and 9999.
+
 						*'menuitems'* *'mis'*
 'menuitems' 'mis'	number	(default 25)
 			global
@@ -5962,7 +6120,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
 	modeless selection.  This doesn't move the text cursor.
 
-	See |mouse-using|.  Also see |'clipboard'|.
+	See |mouse-using|.  Also see 'clipboard'.
 
 	Note: When enabling the mouse in a terminal, copy/paste will use the
 	"* register if there is access to an X-server.  The xterm handling of
@@ -6453,7 +6611,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	When changing the indent of the current line, preserve as much of the
 	indent structure as possible.  Normally the indent is replaced by a
-	series of tabs followed by spaces as required (unless |'expandtab'| is
+	series of tabs followed by spaces as required (unless 'expandtab' is
 	enabled, in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option
 	means the indent will preserve as many existing characters as possible
 	for indenting, and only add additional tabs or spaces as required.
@@ -7088,7 +7246,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	current window also scrolls other scrollbind windows (windows that
 	also have this option set).  This option is useful for viewing the
 	differences between two versions of a file, see 'diff'.
-	See |'scrollopt'| for options that determine how this option should be
+	See 'scrollopt' for options that determine how this option should be
 	interpreted.
 	This option is mostly reset when splitting a window to edit another
 	file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
@@ -7363,6 +7521,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Don't forget to precede the space with a backslash: ":set sp=\ ".
 	In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
 	become obsolete (at least for Unix).
+	Note: When using a pipe like "| tee", you'll lose the exit code of the
+	shell command.  This might be configurable by your shell, look for
+	the pipefail option (for bash and zsh, use ":set -o pipefail").
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -7505,7 +7666,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'shiftwidth' 'sw'	number	(default 8)
 			local to buffer
 	Number of columns that make up one level of (auto)indentation.  Used
-	by |'cindent'|, |<<|, |>>|, etc.
+	by 'cindent', |<<|, |>>|, etc.
 	If set to 0, Vim uses the current 'tabstop' value.  Use |shiftwidth()|
 	to obtain the effective value in scripts.
 
@@ -7564,7 +7725,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		is shown), the "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" and
 		"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages are only
 		indicated by a "W" (Mnemonic: Wrapped) letter before the
-		search count statistics.
+		search count statistics.  The maximum limit can be set with
+		the 'maxsearchcount' option.
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -7612,8 +7774,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:setlocal showbreak=NONE
 <
 				     *'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
-'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
-				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
+'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, Vi default: off)
 			global
 	Show (partial) command in the last line of the screen.  Set this
 	option off if your terminal is slow.
@@ -7728,7 +7889,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to window |global-local|
 	The minimal number of screen columns to keep to the left and to the
 	right of the cursor if 'nowrap' is set.  Setting this option to a
-	value greater than 0 while having |'sidescroll'| also at a non-zero
+	value greater than 0 while having 'sidescroll' also at a non-zero
 	value makes some context visible in the line you are scrolling in
 	horizontally (except at beginning of the line).  Setting this option
 	to a large value (like 999) has the effect of keeping the cursor
@@ -7740,9 +7901,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		setlocal sidescrolloff=-1
 <	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
 
-	Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as
-		 in the following example to never allow the cursor to move
-		 onto the "extends" character: >
+	Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as in the
+		 following example to never allow the cursor to move onto the
+		 "extends" character: >
 
 		 :set nowrap sidescroll=1 listchars=extends:>,precedes:<
 		 :set sidescrolloff=1
@@ -7803,11 +7964,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	When enabled, the <Tab> key will indent by 'shiftwidth' if the cursor
 	is in leading whitespace.  The <BS> key has the opposite effect.
-	This behaves as if 'softtabstop' is set to the value of 'shiftwidth'.
+	In leading whitespace, this has the same effect as setting
+	'softtabstop' to the value of 'shiftwidth'.
 	This option is reset when 'compatible' is set; it is temporarily
 	disabled when 'paste' is enabled, and restored when 'paste' is turned
 	off.
-	Have a look at section |30.5| of the user guide for detailed
+	NOTE: in most cases, using 'softtabstop' is a better option.  Have a
+	look at section |30.5| of the user guide for detailed
 	explanations on how Vim works with tabs and spaces.
 
 			*'smoothscroll'* *'sms'* *'nosmoothscroll'* *'nosms'*
@@ -7824,25 +7987,28 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'softtabstop'* *'sts'*
 'softtabstop' 'sts'	number	(default 0)
 			local to buffer
-	Number of spaces that a <Tab> counts for while performing editing
-	operations, like inserting a <Tab> or using <BS>.  It "feels" like
-	<Tab>s are being inserted, while in fact a mix of spaces and <Tab>s is
-	used.  This is useful to keep the 'ts' setting at its standard value
-	of 8, while being able to edit like it is set to 'sts'.  However,
-	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
-	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
-	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
-	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set and restored
-	when 'paste' is reset.
-	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
-	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
-	The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' changes how tabs are used when 'list' is
-	set.
-	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
+	Create soft tab stops, separated by 'softtabstop' number of columns.
+	In Insert mode, pressing the <Tab> key will move the cursor to the
+	next soft tab stop, instead of inserting a literal tab.  <BS> behaves
+	similarly in reverse.  Vim inserts a minimal mix of tab and space
+	characters to produce the visual effect.
+
+	This setting does not affect the display of existing tab characters.
+
+	A value of 0 disables this behaviour.  A negative value makes Vim use
+	'shiftwidth'.  If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
+	different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
+
+	'softtabstop' is temporarily set to 0 when 'paste' is on and reset
+	when it is turned off.  It is also reset when 'compatible' is set.
+
+	The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
+	enabled.  See also |ins-expandtab| ans user manual section |30.5| for
+	in-depth explanations.
 
 	If Vim is compiled with the |+vartabs| feature then the value of
-	'softtabstop' will be ignored if |'varsofttabstop'| is set to
-	anything other than an empty string.
+	'softtabstop' will be ignored if 'varsofttabstop' is set to anything
+	other than an empty string.
 
 						*'spell'* *'nospell'*
 'spell'			boolean	(default off)
@@ -8285,12 +8451,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Careful: All text will be in memory:
 		- Don't use this for big files.
 		- Recovery will be impossible!
-	A swapfile will only be present when |'updatecount'| is non-zero and
+	A swapfile will only be present when 'updatecount' is non-zero and
 	'swapfile' is set.
 	When 'swapfile' is reset, the swap file for the current buffer is
 	immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
 	non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
-	Also see |swap-file| and |'swapsync'|.
+	Also see |swap-file| and 'swapsync'.
 	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
 	use the |:noswapfile| modifier.
 	See 'directory' for where the swap file is created.
@@ -8495,7 +8661,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	character (ASCII 9); a Horizontal Tab always advances to the next tab
 	stop.
 	The value must be at least 1 and at most 9999.
-	If Vim was compiled with |+vartabs| and |'vartabstop'| is set, this
+	If Vim was compiled with |+vartabs| and 'vartabstop' is set, this
 	option is ignored.
 	Leave it at 8 unless you have a strong reason (see usr |30.5|).
 
@@ -8957,7 +9123,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original title will
 	be restored if possible.  The output of ":version" will include "+X11"
 	when HAVE_X11 was defined, otherwise it will be "-X11".  This also
-	works for the icon name |'icon'|.
+	works for the icon name 'icon'.
 	But: When Vim was started with the |-X| argument, restoring the title
 	will not work (except in the GUI).
 	If the title cannot be restored, it is set to the value of 'titleold'.
@@ -9190,7 +9356,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only when compiled with the |+persistent_undo| feature}
 	List of directory names for undo files, separated with commas.
-	See |'backupdir'| for details of the format.
+	See 'backupdir' for details of the format.
 	"." means using the directory of the file.  The undo file name for
 	"file.txt" is ".file.txt.un~".
 	For other directories the file name is the full path of the edited
@@ -9262,13 +9428,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	recovery |crash-recovery|).  'updatecount' is set to zero by starting
 	Vim with the "-n" option, see |startup|.  When editing in readonly
 	mode this option will be initialized to 10000.
-	The swapfile can be disabled per buffer with |'swapfile'|.
+	The swapfile can be disabled per buffer with 'swapfile'.
 	When 'updatecount' is set from zero to non-zero, swap files are
 	created for all buffers that have 'swapfile' set.  When 'updatecount'
 	is set to zero, existing swap files are not deleted.
-	Also see |'swapsync'|.
-	This option has no meaning in buffers where |'buftype'| is "nofile"
-	or "nowrite".
+	Also see 'swapsync'.
+	This option has no meaning in buffers where 'buftype' is "nofile" or
+	"nowrite".
 
 						*'updatetime'* *'ut'*
 'updatetime' 'ut'	number	(default 4000)
@@ -9282,36 +9448,40 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{only available when compiled with the |+vartabs|
 			feature}
-	A list of the number of spaces that a <Tab> counts for while editing,
-	such as inserting a <Tab> or using <BS>.  It "feels" like variable-
-	width <Tab>s are being inserted, while in fact a mixture of spaces
-	and <Tab>s is used.  Tab widths are separated with commas, with the
-	final value applying to all subsequent tabs.
+	Defines variable-width soft tab stops.  The value is a comma-separated
+	list of widths in columns.  Each width defines the number of columns
+	before the next soft tab stop.  The last value repeats indefinitely.
 
 	For example, when editing assembly language files where statements
 	start in the 9th column and comments in the 41st, it may be useful
 	to use the following: >
 		:set varsofttabstop=8,32,8
-<	This will set soft tabstops with 8 and 8 + 32 spaces, and 8 more
-	for every column thereafter.
+<	This sets soft tab stops at column 8, then at column 40 (8 + 32), and
+	every 8 columns thereafter.
 
-	Note that the value of |'softtabstop'| will be ignored while
-	'varsofttabstop' is set.
+	Note: this setting overrides 'softtabstop'.
+	See section |30.5| of the user manual for detailed explanations on how
+	Vim works with tabs and spaces.
 
 						*'vartabstop'* *'vts'*
 'vartabstop' 'vts'	string	(default "")
 			local to buffer
 			{only available when compiled with the |+vartabs|
 			feature}
-	A list of the number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for,
-	separated by commas.  Each value corresponds to one tab, with the
-	final value applying to all subsequent tabs. For example: >
-		:set vartabstop=4,20,10,8
-<	This will make the first tab 4 spaces wide, the second 20 spaces,
-	the third 10 spaces, and all following tabs 8 spaces.
+	Defines variable-width tab stops. The value is a comma-separated list
+	of widths in columns.  Each width defines the number of columns
+	before the next tab stop; the last value repeats indefinitely.
 
-	Note that the value of |'tabstop'| will be ignored while 'vartabstop'
-	is set.
+	For example: >
+		:set vartabstop=4,8
+<	This places the first tab stop 4 columns from the start of the line
+	and each subsequent tab stop 8 columns apart.
+
+	Note: this setting overrides 'tabstop'.
+	On UNIX, it is recommended to keep the default tabstop value of 8.
+	Consider setting 'varsofttabstop' instead.
+	See section |30.5| of the user manual for detailed explanations on how
+	Vim works with tabs and spaces.
 
 						*'verbose'* *'vbs'*
 'verbose' 'vbs'		number	(default 0)
@@ -9642,7 +9812,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set wc=X
 		:set wc=^I
 		:set wc=<Tab>
-<	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
+<	'wildchar' also enables completion in search pattern contexts such as
+	|/|, |?|, |:s|, |:g|, |:v|, and |:vim|.  To insert a literal <Tab>
+	instead of triggering completion, type <C-V><Tab> or "\t".
+	See also 'wildoptions' and |wildtrigger()|.
+	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'wildcharm'* *'wcm'*
@@ -9807,7 +9981,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'wildoptions' 'wop'	string	(default "")
 			global
 	A list of words that change how |cmdline-completion| is done.
+
 	The following values are supported:
+	  exacttext	When this flag is present, search pattern completion
+			(e.g., in |/|, |?|, |:s|, |:g|, |:v|, and |:vim|)
+			shows exact buffer text as menu items, without
+			preserving regex artifacts like position
+			anchors (e.g., |/\<|).  This provides more intuitive
+			menu items that match the actual buffer text.
+			However, searches may be less accurate since the
+			pattern is not preserved exactly.
+			By default, Vim preserves the typed pattern (with
+			anchors) and appends the matched word.  This preserves
+			search correctness, especially when using regular
+			expressions or with 'smartcase' enabled.  However, the
+			case of the appended matched word may not exactly
+			match the case of the word in the buffer.
 	  fuzzy		Use |fuzzy-matching| to find completion matches. When
 			this value is specified, wildcard expansion will not
 			be used for completion.  The matches will be sorted by
@@ -9824,6 +10013,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				d	#define
 				f	function
 
+	This option does not apply to |ins-completion|. See 'completeopt' for
+	that.
+
 						*'winaltkeys'* *'wak'*
 'winaltkeys' 'wak'	string	(default "menu")
 			global
@@ -9961,6 +10153,39 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'winwidth' applies to the current window.  Use 'winminwidth' to set
 	the minimal width for other windows.
 
+						*'wlseat'* *'wse'*
+'wlseat' 'wse'		string	(default "")
+			global
+			{only when the |+wayland| feature is included}
+	Specifies the Wayland seat to use for Wayland functionality,
+	specifically the clipboard.  If the seat does not exist, then the
+	option will still be set to the new value, with the Wayland clipboard
+	being unavailable as a result.  If an empty value is passed then Vim
+	will attempt to use the first seat found available.  Updating this
+	option will also update |v:clipmethod|.
+
+				*'wlsteal'* *'wst'* *'nowlsteal'* *'nowst'*
+'wlsteal' 'wst'		boolean  (default off)
+			global
+			{only when the |+wayland_clipboard| feature is included}
+	When enabled, then allow Vim to steal focus by creating a temporary
+	surface, in order to access the clipboard.  For more information see
+	|wayland-focus-steal|.
+
+						*'wltimeoutlen'* *'wtm'*
+'wltimeoutlen' 'wtm'	number	(default 500)
+			global
+			{only when the |+wayland| feature is included}
+	The timeout in milliseconds before Vim gives up on waiting for the
+	Wayland compositor.  While Vim waits on the compositor, it is
+	unresponsive to input and does not update the screen.  Therefore
+	setting this to a lower value may make Vim feel more responsive in
+	some cases.  On the other hand, it may also mean you receive errors
+	when the compositor takes more time to respond than usual.
+
+	Additionally, this option is also used as the maximum timeout when
+	waiting for a surface to gain focus, see |wayland-focus-steal|.
+
 						*'wrap'* *'nowrap'*
 'wrap'			boolean	(default on)
 			local to window

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ Never tested:
     - Perl interface		(|perl|)
     - Hangul input		(|hangul|)
     - Encryption support	(|encryption|)
-    - Langmap			(|'langmap'|)
+    - Langmap			('langmap')
     - Python support		(|Python|)
-    - Right-to-left mode	(|'rightleft'|)
+    - Right-to-left mode	('rightleft')
     - TCL interface		(|tcl|)
     ...
 

runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2010 Aug 14
+*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Vim for MorphOS							*MorphOS*
 [this section mostly by Ali Akcaagac]
 
 For the latest info about the MorphOS version:
-	http://www.akcaagac.com/index_vim.html
+	(dead link) akcaagac.com/index_vim.html
 
 
 Problems ~
@@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ would be better to enter:
 	vim --noplugins <of course you can add a file>
 
 
-Installation ~
+Installation of a binary archive ~
 
 1) Please copy the binary 'VIM' file to c:
-2) Get the Vim runtime package from:
+2) Get the Vim runtime package from (Note: that server is no longer updated):
 
-	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/amiga/vim62rt.tgz
+	https://ftp.nluug.nl/pub/vim/amiga/vim90src.tgz
 
    and unpack it in your 'Apps' directory of the MorphOS installation.  For me
    this would create following directory hierarchy:
@@ -143,5 +143,13 @@ Installation ~
 	Cls
 	;End VIM
 
+Compiling~
+
+You can download the Vim source code from the official Vim site:
+	https://github.com/vim/vim/archive/refs/heads/master.zip
+Or using git: >
+	git clone https://github.com/vim/vim.git
+
+For compiling see "src/INSTALLami.txt"
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 25
+*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ A DOS console does not support attributes like bold and underlining.  You can
 set the color used in five modes with nine terminal options.  Note that this
 is not necessary since you can set the color directly with the ":highlight"
 command; these options are for backward compatibility with older Vim versions.
-The |'highlight'| option specifies which of the five modes is used for which
+The 'highlight' option specifies which of the five modes is used for which
 action. >
 
 	:set t_mr=^V^[\|xxm		start of invert mode
@@ -231,7 +231,6 @@ writing in Unix mode (":se ff=unix").
 
 Vim sets 'fileformat' automatically when 'fileformats' is not empty (which is
 the default), so you don't really have to worry about what you are doing.
-					|'fileformat'| |'fileformats'|
 
 If you want to edit a script file or a binary file, you should set the
 'binary' option before loading the file.  Script files and binary files may
@@ -279,10 +278,10 @@ The default for the 'sh' ('shell') option is "command.com" on Windows 95 and
 "cmd.exe" on Windows NT.  If SHELL is defined, Vim uses SHELL instead, and if
 SHELL is not defined but COMSPEC is, Vim uses COMSPEC.  Vim starts external
 commands with "<shell> /c <command_name>".  Typing CTRL-Z starts a new command
-subshell.  Return to Vim with "exit".	|'shell'| |CTRL-Z|
+subshell.  Return to Vim with "exit".	'shell' |CTRL-Z|
 
 If you are running a third-party shell, you may need to set the
-|'shellcmdflag'| ('shcf') and |'shellquote'| ('shq') or |'shellxquote'|
+'shellcmdflag' ('shcf') and 'shellquote' ('shq') or 'shellxquote'
 ('sxq') options.  Unfortunately, this also depends on the version of Vim used.
 For example, with the MKS Korn shell or with bash, the values of the options
 should be:

runtime/doc/os_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Nov 14
+*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ default command-key mappings.
 On older systems files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc
 files are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc".  These files
 can be in any format (mac, dos or unix).  Vim can handle any file format when
-the |'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
+the 'nocompatible' option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
 files.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Backspace		"*d			cut Visual text
 ==============================================================================
 4. Mac FAQ						*mac-faq*
 
-On the internet:  http://macvim.org/OSX/index.php#FAQ
+On the internet:  https://github.com/macvim-dev/macvim/wiki/FAQ
 
 Q: I can't enter non-ASCII character in Apple Terminal.
 A: Under Window Settings, Emulation, make sure that "Escape non-ASCII

runtime/doc/os_qnx.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_qnx.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_qnx.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Julian Kinraid
@@ -34,11 +34,10 @@ features you can enable/disable.
 Vim has support for the mouse and clipboard in a pterm, if those options
 are compiled in, which they are normally.
 
-The options that affect mouse support are |'mouse'| and |'ttymouse'|.  When
-using the mouse, only simple left and right mouse clicking/dragging is
-supported.  If you hold down shift, ctrl, or alt while using the mouse, pterm
-will handle the mouse itself.  It will make a selection, separate from what
-vim's doing.
+The options that affect mouse support are 'mouse' and 'ttymouse'.  When using
+the mouse, only simple left and right mouse clicking/dragging is supported.
+If you hold down shift, ctrl, or alt while using the mouse, pterm will handle
+the mouse itself.  It will make a selection, separate from what vim's doing.
 
 When the mouse is in use, you can press Alt-RightMouse to open the pterm menu.
 To turn the mouse off in vim, set the mouse option to nothing, set mouse=
@@ -52,16 +51,16 @@ the terminal version will run.  For more info - |gui-x11-start|
 Supported features:
 	:browse command					|:browse|
 	:confirm command				|:confirm|
-	Cursor blinking					|'guicursor'|
+	Cursor blinking					'guicursor'
 	Menus, popup menus and menu priorities		|:menu|
 							|popup-menu|
 							|menu-priority|
 	Toolbar						|gui-toolbar|
-							|'toolbar'|
+							'toolbar'
 	Font selector (:set guifont=*)			|photon-fonts|
-	Mouse focus					|'mousefocus'|
-	Mouse hide					|'mousehide'|
-	Mouse cursor shapes				|'mouseshape'|
+	Mouse focus					'mousefocus'
+	Mouse hide					'mousehide'
+	Mouse cursor shapes				'mouseshape'
 	Clipboard					|gui-clipboard|
 
 Unfinished features:

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -33,10 +33,17 @@ Vim on other operating systems.
 
 2. Download files					*vms-download*
 
-You can download the Vim source code by ftp from the official Vim site:
-	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/
+You can download the Vim source code from the official Vim site:
+	https://github.com/vim/vim/archive/refs/heads/master.zip
+Or using git: >
+	git clone https://github.com/vim/vim.git
+
+Older release archives are also available at:
+	https://ftp.nluug.nl/pub/vim/
 Or use one of the mirrors:
-	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
+	https://ftp.nluug.nl/pub/vim/MIRRORS
+
+Note: the ftp server has been retired and is no longer updated.
 
 You can download precompiled executables from:
 	http://www.polarhome.com/vim/

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Examples, with [] around an argument:
 
 When 'restorescreen' is set (which is the default), Vim will restore the
 original contents of the console when exiting or when executing external
-commands.  If you don't want this, use ":set nors".	|'restorescreen'|
+commands.  If you don't want this, use ":set nors".	'restorescreen'
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Using the mouse					*win32-mouse*
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ A. On Unix, Vim is prepared for links (symbolic or hard).  A backup copy of
    protection bits are set like the original file.  However, this doesn't work
    properly when working on an NFS-mounted file system where links and other
    things exist.  The only way to fix this in the current version is not
-   making a backup file, by ":set nobackup nowritebackup"     |'writebackup'|
+   making a backup file, by ":set nobackup nowritebackup"     'writebackup'
 
 Q. I'm using Vim to edit a file on a Unix file server through Samba.  When I
    write the file, the owner of the file is changed.  Why?

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 28
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ N			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times in
 *			Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of the
 			word nearest to the cursor.  The word used for the
 			search is the first of:
-				1. the keyword under the cursor |'iskeyword'|
+				1. the keyword under the cursor 'iskeyword'
 				2. the first keyword after the cursor, in the
 				   current line
 				3. the non-blank word under the cursor
@@ -183,6 +183,17 @@ matches in every line with `:vglobal`.
 For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the error message
 |:s_flags|.
 
+					*search-options*
+The following options affect how a search is performed in Vim:
+    'hlsearch'		highlight matches
+    'ignorecase'	ignore case when searching
+    'imsearch'		use |IME| when entering the search pattern
+    'incsearch'		show matches incrementally as the pattern is typed
+    'maxsearchcount'	maximum number for the search count |shm-S|
+    'shortmess'		suppress messages |shm-s|; show search count |shm-S|
+    'smartcase'		override 'ignorecase' if pattern contains uppercase
+    'wrapscan'		continue searching from the start of the file
+
 					*search-offset* *{offset}*
 These commands search for the specified pattern.  With "/" and "?" an
 additional offset may be given.  There are two types of offsets: line offsets
@@ -1490,34 +1501,51 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 ==============================================================================
 11. Fuzzy matching					*fuzzy-matching*
 
-Fuzzy matching refers to matching strings using a non-exact search string.
-Fuzzy matching will match a string, if all the characters in the search string
-are present anywhere in the string in the same order.  Case is ignored.  In a
-matched string, other characters can be present between two consecutive
-characters in the search string.  If the search string has multiple words, then
-each word is matched separately.  So the words in the search string can be
-present in any order in a string.
+Fuzzy matching scores how well a string matches a pattern when the pattern
+characters appear in order but not necessarily contiguously.
 
-Fuzzy matching assigns a score for each matched string based on the following
-criteria:
-    - The number of sequentially matching characters.
-    - The number of characters (distance) between two consecutive matching
-      characters.
-    - Matches at the beginning of a word
-    - Matches at a camel case character (e.g. Case in CamelCase)
-    - Matches after a path separator or a hyphen.
-    - The number of unmatched characters in a string.
-    - A full/exact match is preferred.
-The matching string with the highest score is returned first.
+Example: >
+    Pattern:    "vim"
+    Candidates: "vim"        -> perfect
+                "vimeo"      -> good (v i m)
+                "voice mail" -> weaker (v _ i _ _ _ m)
+                "vintage"    -> no match (no "m")
+<
+If the search string has multiple words, each word is matched separately and
+may appear in any order in the candidate.  For example "get pat" matches
+"GetPattern", "PatternGet", "getPattern", "patGetter", "getSomePattern",
+"MatchpatternGet", etc.
 
-For example, when you search for the "get pat" string using fuzzy matching, it
-will match the strings "GetPattern", "PatternGet", "getPattern", "patGetter",
-"getSomePattern", "MatchpatternGet" etc.
+The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' options do not apply, case is ignored if the
+pattern is all lower case.
 
-The functions |matchfuzzy()| and |matchfuzzypos()| can be used to fuzzy search
-a string in a List of strings.  The matchfuzzy() function returns a List of
-matching strings.  The matchfuzzypos() functions returns the List of matches,
-the matching positions and the fuzzy match scores.
+Vim's implementation is based on the algorithm from the fzy project:
+https://github.com/jhawthorn/fzy
+
+It uses dynamic programming to compute an optimal score for a given pattern
+and candidate.
+
+The algorithm works in two stages:
+
+1. Forward pass
+   Scan the candidate left to right, tracking the best score for each
+   pattern position.  Matches score higher when they occur at the start
+   of the candidate, the start of a word (space, underscore, dash,
+   camelCase), or directly after the previous match.
+
+2. Backward pass
+   Start from the best-scoring end position and step back to find match
+   positions, ensuring the alignment is optimal.
+
+Vim extends the original algorithm to support multibyte codepoints, allowing
+correct matching for UTF-8 and other encodings.
+
+Time complexity is O(pattern * candidate).  Memory usage is proportional
+to the same.
+
+The |matchfuzzy()| and |matchfuzzypos()| functions perform fuzzy searching in
+a List of strings.  |matchfuzzy()| returns the matching strings, while
+|matchfuzzypos()| returns the matches along with their positions and scores.
 
 The "f" flag of `:vimgrep` enables fuzzy matching.
 

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Apr 27
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
@@ -349,13 +349,9 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
 <	default='https://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id='
-		Override this if your system needs
-	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_downloadaddr
 <	default='https://www.vim.org/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='
-		Override this if your system needs
-	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download_script.php?src_id='
 >
 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_bunzip2
 <	default= bunzip2

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ Original Author:  Charles E. Campbell
 
 Copyright: Copyright (C) 2017 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE applies to the files in this package, including
-        netrw.vim, netrw.txt, netrwSettings.vim, and
-	syntax/netrw.vim.  Like anything else that's free, netrw.vim and its
+	netrw.vim, netrw.txt, and syntax/netrw.vim.
+	Like anything else that's free, netrw.vim and its
 	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
 	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
 	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
@@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2017 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
       Marked Files: Grep..................................|netrw-mg|
       Marked Files: Hiding and Unhiding by Suffix.........|netrw-mh|
       Marked Files: Moving................................|netrw-mm|
-      Marked Files: Printing..............................|netrw-mp|
       Marked Files: Sourcing..............................|netrw-ms|
       Marked Files: Setting the Target Directory..........|netrw-mt|
       Marked Files: Tagging...............................|netrw-mT|
@@ -99,7 +98,6 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2017 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
       Marked Files: Unmarking.............................|netrw-mu|
       Netrw Browser Variables.............................|netrw-browser-var|
       Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities.........|netrw-incompatible|
-      Netrw Settings Window...............................|netrw-settings-window|
       Obtaining A File....................................|netrw-O|
       Preview Window......................................|netrw-p|
       Previous Window.....................................|netrw-P|
@@ -122,7 +120,7 @@ you'll need to have at least the following in your <.vimrc>:
 	set nocp                    " 'compatible' is not set
 	filetype plugin on          " plugins are enabled
 <
-(see |'cp'| and |:filetype-plugin-on|)
+(see 'cp' and |:filetype-plugin-on|)
 
 Netrw supports "transparent" editing of files on other machines using urls
 (see |netrw-transparent|). As an example of this, let's assume you have an
@@ -339,10 +337,8 @@ NETRW VARIABLES AND SETTINGS				*netrw-variables* {{{2
     )
 
 Netrw provides a lot of variables which allow you to customize netrw to your
-preferences.  One way to look at them is via the command :NetrwSettings (see
-|netrw-settings|) which will display your current netrw settings.  Most such
-settings are described below, in |netrw-browser-options|, and in
-|netrw-externapp|:
+preferences.  Most such settings are described below, in
+|netrw-browser-options|, and in |netrw-externapp|:
 
  *b:netrw_lastfile*	last file Network-read/written retained on a
 			per-buffer basis (supports plain :Nw )
@@ -670,7 +666,7 @@ However, |netrw-ssh-hack| can help with this problem.
 5. Activation						*netrw-activate* {{{1
 
 Network-oriented file transfers are available by default whenever Vim's
-|'nocompatible'| mode is enabled.  Netrw's script files reside in your
+'nocompatible' mode is enabled.  Netrw's script files reside in your
 system's plugin, autoload, and syntax directories; just the
 plugin/netrwPlugin.vim script is sourced automatically whenever you bring up
 vim.  The main script in autoload/netrw.vim is only loaded when you actually
@@ -765,9 +761,6 @@ below, a {netfile} is a URL to a remote file.
 		strings (ie. "").
 		(related: |netrw-userpass|)
 
-:NetrwSettings  This command is described in |netrw-settings| -- used to
-		display netrw settings and change netrw behavior.
-
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Variables and Options		*netrw-var* *netrw-settings* {{{1
@@ -1071,7 +1064,6 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   mg	Apply vimgrep to marked files                        |netrw-mg|
 	   mh	Toggle marked file suffices' presence on hiding list |netrw-mh|
 	   mm	Move marked files to marked-file target directory    |netrw-mm|
-	   mp	Print marked files                                   |netrw-mp|
 	   mr	Mark files using a shell-style |regexp|                |netrw-mr|
 	   mt	Current browsing directory becomes markfile target   |netrw-mt|
 	   mT	Apply ctags to marked files                          |netrw-mT|
@@ -1125,7 +1117,6 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 
 				*netrw-quickcom* *netrw-quickcoms*
 QUICK REFERENCE: COMMANDS	*netrw-explore-cmds* *netrw-browse-cmds* {{{2
-     :NetrwSettings............................................|netrw-settings|
      :Ntree....................................................|netrw-ntree|
      :Explore[!]  [dir] Explore directory of current file......|netrw-explore|
      :Hexplore[!] [dir] Horizontal Split & Explore.............|netrw-explore|
@@ -1178,7 +1169,7 @@ The :NetrwMB command is available outside of netrw buffers (once netrw has been
 invoked in the session).
 
 The file ".netrwbook" holds bookmarks when netrw (and vim) is not active.  By
-default, its stored on the first directory on the user's |'runtimepath'|.
+default, its stored on the first directory on the user's 'runtimepath'.
 
 Related Topics:
 	|netrw-gb| how to return (go) to a bookmark
@@ -1404,7 +1395,7 @@ used in that count.
 See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
 slots.  The file ".netrwhist" holds history when netrw (and vim) is not
 active.  By default, its stored on the first directory on the user's
-|'runtimepath'|.
+'runtimepath'.
 
 Related Topics:
 	|netrw-U| changing to a successor directory
@@ -1523,7 +1514,7 @@ DIRECTORY EXPLORATION COMMANDS  {{{2
 						*netrw-:Explore*
 :Explore  will open the local-directory browser on the current file's
           directory (or on directory [dir] if specified).  The window will be
-	  split only if the file has been modified and |'hidden'| is not set,
+	  split only if the file has been modified and 'hidden' is not set,
 	  otherwise the browsing window will take over that window.  Normally
 	  the splitting is taken horizontally.
 	  Also see: |netrw-:Rexplore|
@@ -1916,9 +1907,6 @@ passwords:
 	Thomer Gil has provided a hint on how to speed up netrw+ssh:
 	    http://thomer.com/howtos/netrw_ssh.html
 
-	Alex Young has several hints on speeding ssh up:
-	    http://usevim.com/2012/03/16/editing-remote-files/
-
 
 LISTING BOOKMARKS AND HISTORY		*netrw-qb* *netrw-listbookmark* {{{2
 
@@ -2007,7 +1995,6 @@ The following netrw maps make use of marked files:
     |netrw-mF|	Unmark marked files
     |netrw-mg|	Apply vimgrep to marked files
     |netrw-mm|	Move marked files to target
-    |netrw-mp|	Print marked files
     |netrw-ms|	Netrw will source marked files
     |netrw-mt|	Set target for |netrw-mm| and |netrw-mc|
     |netrw-mT|	Generate tags using marked files
@@ -2272,15 +2259,6 @@ from the current window (where one does the mf) to the target.
 
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_localmovecmd| |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|
 
-MARKED FILES: PRINTING						*netrw-mp* {{{2
-	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
-		      (uses the local marked file list)
-
-When "mp" is used, netrw will apply the |:hardcopy| command to marked files.
-What netrw does is open each file in a one-line window, execute hardcopy, then
-close the one-line window.
-
-
 MARKED FILES: SOURCING						*netrw-ms* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked file list)
@@ -2418,11 +2396,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
   *g:netrw_alto*		change from above splitting to below splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-o|)
-				 default: =&sb           (see |'sb'|)
+				 default: =&sb           (see 'sb')
 
   *g:netrw_altv*		change from left splitting to right splitting
 				by setting this variable (see |netrw-v|)
-				 default: =&spr          (see |'spr'|)
+				 default: =&spr          (see 'spr')
 
   *g:netrw_banner*		enable/suppress the banner
 				=0: suppress the banner
@@ -2490,7 +2468,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
   *g:netrw_cursor*		= 2 (default)
 				This option controls the use of the
-				|'cursorline'| (cul) and |'cursorcolumn'|
+				'cursorline' (cul) and 'cursorcolumn'
 				(cuc) settings by netrw:
 
 				Value   Thin-Long-Tree      Wide
@@ -2505,15 +2483,15 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 =8        cul U-cuc        cul   cuc
 
 				Where
-				  u-cul : user's |'cursorline'|   initial setting used
-				  u-cuc : user's |'cursorcolumn'| initial setting used
-				  U-cul : user's |'cursorline'|   current setting used
-				  U-cuc : user's |'cursorcolumn'| current setting used
-				  cul   : |'cursorline'|   will be locally set
-				  cuc   : |'cursorcolumn'| will be locally set
+				  u-cul : user's 'cursorline'   initial setting used
+				  u-cuc : user's 'cursorcolumn' initial setting used
+				  U-cul : user's 'cursorline'   current setting used
+				  U-cuc : user's 'cursorcolumn' current setting used
+				  cul   : 'cursorline'   will be locally set
+				  cuc   : 'cursorcolumn' will be locally set
 
 				  The "initial setting" means the values of
-				  the |'cuc'| and |'cul'| settings in effect when
+				  the 'cuc' and 'cul' settings in effect when
 				  netrw last saw |g:netrw_cursor| >= 5 or when
 				  netrw was initially run.
 
@@ -2584,7 +2562,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
   *g:netrw_ffkeep*		(default: doesn't exist)
 				If this variable exists and is zero, then
 				netrw will not do a save and restore for
-				|'fileformat'|.
+				'fileformat'.
 
   *g:netrw_fname_escape*	=' ?&;%'
 				Used on filenames before remote reading/writing
@@ -2636,7 +2614,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				.netrwhist).
 				Netrw uses |expand()|on the string.
 				 default: the first directory on the
-				         |'runtimepath'|
+				         'runtimepath'
 
   *g:netrw_keepdir*		=1 (default) keep current directory immune from
 				   the browsing directory.
@@ -2735,11 +2713,6 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				     rightmouse      : remove file/directory
 				=0: disables mouse maps
 
-  *g:netrw_nobeval*		doesn't exist (default)
-				If this variable exists, then balloon
-				evaluation will be suppressed
-				(see |'ballooneval'|)
-
  *g:netrw_sizestyle*		not defined: actual bytes (default)
 				="b" : actual bytes       (default)
 				="h" : human-readable (ex. 5k, 4m, 3g)
@@ -2837,7 +2810,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					netrwYacc    : *.y
 
 				In addition, those groups mentioned in
-				|'suffixes'| are also added to the special
+				'suffixes' are also added to the special
 				file highlighting group.
 				 These syntax highlighting groups are linked
 				to netrwGray or Folded by default
@@ -2915,7 +2888,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				used to specify the quantity of lines or
 				columns for the new window.
 				 If g:netrw_winsize is zero, then a normal
-				split will be made (ie. |'equalalways'| will
+				split will be made (ie. 'equalalways' will
 				take effect, for example).
 				 default: 50  (for 50%)
 
@@ -2934,7 +2907,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    codepoint; a hard tab is one; wide and
 				    narrow CJK are one each; etc.)
 				=3: virtual length (counting tabs as anything
-				    between 1 and |'tabstop'|, wide CJK as 2
+				    between 1 and 'tabstop', wide CJK as 2
 				    rather than 1, Arabic alif as zero when
 				    immediately preceded by lam, one
 				    otherwise, etc)
@@ -2955,17 +2928,6 @@ file you edit; this apparently also applies to directories.  In other words,
 autochdir sets the current directory to that containing the "file" (even if
 that "file" is itself a directory).
 
-NETRW SETTINGS WINDOW				*netrw-settings-window* {{{2
-
-With the NetrwSettings.vim plugin, >
-	:NetrwSettings
-will bring up a window with the many variables that netrw uses for its
-settings.  You may change any of their values; when you save the file, the
-settings therein will be used.  One may also press "?" on any of the lines for
-help on what each of the variables do.
-
-(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-variables|)
-
 
 ==============================================================================
 OBTAINING A FILE					*netrw-obtain* *netrw-O* {{{2
@@ -3037,7 +2999,7 @@ These will:
 	Related: if you like this idea, you may also find :Lexplore
 	         (|netrw-:Lexplore|) or |g:netrw_chgwin| of interest
 
-Also see: |g:netrw_chgwin| |netrw-P| |'previewwindow'| |CTRL-W_z| |:pclose|
+Also see: |g:netrw_chgwin| |netrw-P| 'previewwindow' |CTRL-W_z| |:pclose|
 
 
 PREVIOUS WINDOW					*netrw-P* *netrw-prvwin* {{{2
@@ -3435,7 +3397,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		not by netrw, and there appears to be no way to work around
 		it.  Coupled with the default cmdheight of 1, this message
 		causes the "Press ENTER..." prompt.  So:  read |hit-enter|;
-		I also suggest that you set your |'cmdheight'| to 2 (or more) in
+		I also suggest that you set your 'cmdheight' to 2 (or more) in
 		your <.vimrc> file.
 
 								*netrw-p10*
@@ -3554,7 +3516,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		I expect both buffers to exist, but only the last one does.
 
 	   (Lance) Problem is caused by "set autochdir" in .vimrc.
-	   (drchip) I am able to duplicate this problem with |'acd'| set.
+	   (drchip) I am able to duplicate this problem with 'acd' set.
 	            It appears that the buffers are not exactly closed;
 		    a ":ls!" will show them (although ":ls" does not).
 

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Mar 16
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
 		       +====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
-	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
+Original Author:  Charles E. Campbell
 Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including tarPlugin.vim, tar.vim, and pi_tar.txt.  Like
@@ -39,9 +38,9 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
    :Vimuntar [vimhome]
 
 	This command copies, if necessary, the tarball to the .vim or vimfiles
-	directory using the first writable directory in the |'runtimepath'|
-	when no [vimhome] is specified.  Otherwise, the [vimhome] argument
-	allows the user to specify that directory, instead.
+	directory using the first writable directory in the 'runtimepath' when
+	no [vimhome] is specified.  Otherwise, the [vimhome] argument allows
+	the user to specify that directory, instead.
 
 	The copy is done using the command in *g:tar_copycmd* , which is >
 		cp   for cygwin, unix, macunix
@@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 	the file mentioned in the tarball.  If the current directory is not
 	correct for that path, :TarDiff will fail to find the associated file.
 
-	If the [filename] is given, that that filename (and path) will be used
+	If the [filename] is given, that filename (and path) will be used
 	to specify the associated file.
 
 
@@ -95,24 +94,25 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
    *g:tar_readoptions*	  "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
    *g:tar_cmd*		  "tar"   the name of the tar program
    *g:tar_nomax*	    0	  if true, file window will not be maximized
-   *g:tar_secure*	  undef   if exists:
-					"--"s will be used to prevent unwanted
-					option expansion in tar commands.
-					Please be sure that your tar command
-					accepts "--"; Posix compliant tar
-					utilities do accept them.
-				  if not exists:
-					The tar plugin will reject any tar
-					files or member files that begin with
-					"-"
-				  Not all tar's support the "--" which is why
-				  it isn't default.
    *g:tar_writeoptions*	  "uf"    used to update/replace a file
 
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History						*tar-history*
 
+	unreleased:
+		Jul 13, 2025	* drop leading /
+		May 19, 2025	* restore working directory after read/write
+		Apr 16, 2025	* decouple from netrw by adding s:WinPath()
+				instead of shelling out to file(1)
+		Mar 02, 2025	* determine the compression using readblob()
+		Mar 02, 2025	* escape the filename before using :read
+		Mar 01, 2025	* fix syntax error in tar#Read()
+		Feb 28, 2025	* add support for bzip3 (#16755)
+		Feb 06, 2025	* add support for lz4 (#16591)
+		Nov 11, 2024	* support permissions (#7379)
+		Feb 19, 2024	* announce adoption
+		Jan 08, 2024	* fix a few problems (#138331, #12637, #8109)
 	v31	Apr 02, 2017	* (klartext) reported that browsing encrypted
 				  files in a zip archive created unencrypted
 				  swap files.  I am applying a similar fix
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 	v2			* converted to use Vim7's new autoload feature
 				  by Bram Moolenaar
 	v1	(original)	* Michael Toren
-				  (see http://michael.toren.net/code/
+				  (see michael.toren.net/code/
 				   link seems dead)
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2016 Apr 11
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell		*Vimball-copyright*
 		:RmVimball someplugin
 <	This operation is not at all easy for zips and tarballs, for example.
 
-	Vimball examines the user's |'runtimepath'| to determine where to put
+	Vimball examines the user's 'runtimepath' to determine where to put
 	the scripts.  The first directory mentioned on the runtimepath is
 	usually used if possible.  Use >
 		:echo &rtp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ MAKING A VIMBALL						*:MkVimball*
 
 	The range is composed of lines holding paths to files to be included
 	in your new vimball, omitting the portion of the paths that is
-	normally specified by the runtimepath (|'rtp'|).  As an example: >
+	normally specified by the runtimepath ('rtp').  As an example: >
 		plugin/something.vim
 		doc/something.txt
 <	using >
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ MAKING A VIMBALL						*:MkVimball*
 	"filename.vba" file already exists, then MkVimball will issue a
 	warning and not create the file.  Note that these paths are relative
 	to your .vim (vimfiles) directory, and the files should be in that
-	directory.  The vimball plugin normally uses the first |'runtimepath'|
+	directory.  The vimball plugin normally uses the first 'runtimepath'
 	directory that exists as a prefix; don't use absolute paths, unless
 	the user has specified such a path.
 
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ MAKING DIRECTORIES VIA VIMBALLS				*g:vimball_mkdir*
 
 CONTROLLING THE VIMBALL EXTRACTION DIRECTORY		*g:vimball_home*
 
-	You may override the use of the |'runtimepath'| by specifying a
+	You may override the use of the 'runtimepath' by specifying a
 	variable, g:vimball_home.
 
 							*vimball-extract*
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ MANUALLY INVOKING VIMBALL EXTRACTION				*:UseVimball*
 	vimball.  One may choose to execute it by hand instead of sourcing
 	the vimball; one may also choose to specify a path for the
 	installation, thereby overriding the automatic choice of the first
-	existing directory on the |'runtimepath'|.
+	existing directory on the 'runtimepath'.
 
 REMOVING A VIMBALL						*:RmVimball*
 
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ REMOVING A VIMBALL						*:RmVimball*
 
 	This command removes all files generated by the specified vimball
 	(but not any directories it may have made).  One may choose a path
-	for de-installation, too (see |'runtimepath'|); otherwise, the
-	default is the first existing directory on the |'runtimepath'|.
+	for de-installation, too (see 'runtimepath'); otherwise, the default
+	is the first existing directory on the 'runtimepath'.
 	To implement this, a file (.VimballRecord) is made in that directory
 	containing a record of what files need to be removed for all vimballs
 	used thus far.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 			    prepending the current directory to it.
 	33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
 			  * Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
-			  * Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
+			  * Safed 'swf' setting (during vimball extraction,
 			    its now turned off)
 	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabrandt) :so someplugin.vba and
 			    :so someplugin.vba.gz (and the other supported
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 	14 : May 26, 2006 * bugfixes
 	13 : May 01, 2006 * exists("&acd") used to determine if the acd
 			    option exists
-	12 : May 01, 2006 * bugfix - the |'acd'| option is not always defined
+	12 : May 01, 2006 * bugfix - the 'acd' option is not always defined
 	11 : Apr 27, 2006 * VimballList would create missing subdirectories that
 			    the vimball specified were needed.  Fixed.
 	10 : Apr 27, 2006 * moved all setting saving/restoration to a pair of

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Apr 02
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jul 15
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -111,6 +111,18 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   unreleased:
+       Jul 12, 2025 * drop ../ on write to prevent path traversal attacks
+       Mar 11, 2025 * handle filenames with leading '-' correctly
+       Aug 21, 2024 * simplify condition to detect MS-Windows
+       Aug 18, 2024 * correctly handle special globbing chars
+       Aug 05, 2024 * clean-up and make it work with shellslash on Windows
+       Aug 05, 2024 * workaround for the FreeBSD's unzip
+       Aug 04, 2024 * escape '[' in name of file to be extracted
+       Jul 30, 2024 * fix opening remote zipfile
+       Jul 24, 2024 * use delete() function
+       Jul 23, 2024 * fix 'x' command
+       Jun 16, 2024 * handle whitespace on Windows properly (#14998)
    v33 Dec 07, 2021 * *.xlam mentioned twice in zipPlugin
    v32 Oct 22, 2021 * to avoid an issue with a vim 8.2 patch, zipfile: has
 		      been changed to zipfile:// . This often shows up

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ you need to define your own PostScript font encoding vector.  Details on how
 to define a font encoding vector is beyond the scope of this help file, but
 you can find details in the PostScript Language Reference Manual, 3rd Edition,
 published by Addison-Wesley and available in PDF form at
-http://www.adobe.com/.  The following describes what you need to do for Vim to
-locate and use your print character encoding.
+https://www.adobe.com/.  The following describes what you need to do for Vim
+to locate and use your print character encoding.
 
 i.   Decide on a unique name for your encoding vector, one that does not clash
      with any of the recognized or standard encoding names that Vim uses (see
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ It is possible to define your own multibyte character set although this
 should not be attempted lightly.  A discussion on the process if beyond the
 scope of these help files.  You can find details on CMap (character map) files
 in the document 'Adobe CMap and CIDFont Files Specification, Version 1.0',
-available from http://www.adobe.com as a PDF file.
+available from https://www.adobe.com as a PDF file.
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. PostScript Printing Troubleshooting		*postscript-print-trouble*
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ OpenVMS
 - Is apparently supported in the main code now (untested).
   See (link seems dead):
 
-    http://wwwthep.physik.uni-mainz.de/~plass/gv/
+    wwwthep.physik.uni-mainz.de/~plass/gv/
 
 MS-Windows
 

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Apr 06
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1048,8 +1048,8 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 
 			{pattern} is a Vim search pattern.  Instead of
 			enclosing it in / any non-ID character (see
-			|'isident'|) can be used, so long as it does not
-			appear in {pattern}.
+			'isident') can be used, so long as it does not appear
+			in {pattern}.
 			'ignorecase' applies.  To overrule it put |/\c| in the
 			pattern to ignore case or |/\C| to match case.
 			'smartcase' is not used.
@@ -1675,8 +1675,6 @@ Useful values for the 'makeprg' options therefore are:
  setlocal makeprg=./alltests.py " Run a testsuite
  setlocal makeprg=python\ %:S   " Run a single testcase
 
-Also see http://vim.sourceforge.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=280.
-
 PYTEST COMPILER						*compiler-pytest*
 
 Commonly used compiler options can be added to 'makeprg' by setting the

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 04
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -607,6 +607,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'arabic'	  'arab'    for Arabic as a default second language
 'arabicshape'	  'arshape' do shaping for Arabic characters
 'autochdir'	  'acd'     change directory to the file in the current window
+'autocomplete'	  'ac'      enable automatic completion in insert mode
+'autocompletedelay' 'acl'   delay in msec before menu appears after typing
 'autoindent'	  'ai'	    take indent for new line from previous line
 'autoread'	  'ar'	    autom. read file when changed outside of Vim
 'autoshelldir'	  'asd'     change directory to the shell's current directory
@@ -646,6 +648,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cinscopedecls'	  'cinsd'   words that are recognized by 'cino-g'
 'cinwords'	  'cinw'    words where 'si' and 'cin' add an indent
 'clipboard'	  'cb'	    use the clipboard as the unnamed register
+'clipmethod'	  'cpm'	    specify order of what clipboard methods to use
 'cmdheight'	  'ch'	    number of lines to use for the command-line
 'cmdwinheight'	  'cwh'     height of the command-line window
 'colorcolumn'	  'cc'	    columns to highlight
@@ -681,6 +684,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'delcombine'	  'deco'    delete combining characters on their own
 'dictionary'	  'dict'    list of file names used for keyword completion
 'diff'			    use diff mode for the current window
+'diffanchors'	  'dia'     list of {address} to force anchoring of a diff
 'diffexpr'	  'dex'     expression used to obtain a diff file
 'diffopt'	  'dip'     options for using diff mode
 'digraph'	  'dg'	    enable the entering of digraphs in Insert mode
@@ -920,7 +924,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'smartindent'	  'si'	    smart autoindenting for C programs
 'smarttab'	  'sta'     <Tab> in leading whitespace indents by 'shiftwidth'
 'smoothscroll'	  'sms'     scroll by screen lines when 'wrap' is set
-'softtabstop'	  'sts'     number of spaces that <Tab> uses while editing
+'softtabstop'	  'sts'     number of columns between two soft tab stops
 'spell'			    enable spell checking
 'spellcapcheck'   'spc'     pattern to locate end of a sentence
 'spellfile'	  'spf'     files where |zg| and |zw| store words
@@ -942,7 +946,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'tabclose'	  'tcl'     which tab page to focus when closing a tab
 'tabline'	  'tal'     custom format for the console tab pages line
 'tabpagemax'	  'tpm'     maximum number of tab pages for |-p| and "tab all"
-'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
+'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of columns between two tab stops
 'tagbsearch'	  'tbs'     use binary searching in tags files
 'tagcase'	  'tc'      how to handle case when searching in tags files
 'tagfunc'	  'tfu'	    function to get list of tag matches
@@ -987,8 +991,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'undoreload'	  'ur'	    max nr of lines to save for undo on a buffer reload
 'updatecount'	  'uc'	    after this many characters flush swap file
 'updatetime'	  'ut'	    after this many milliseconds flush swap file
-'varsofttabstop'  'vsts'    a list of number of spaces when typing <Tab>
-'vartabstop'	  'vts'	    a list of number of spaces for <Tab>s
+'varsofttabstop'  'vsts'    a list of number of columns between soft tab stops
+'vartabstop'	  'vts'	    a list of number of columns between tab stops
 'verbose'	  'vbs'     give informative messages
 'verbosefile'	  'vfile'   file to write messages in
 'viewdir'	  'vdir'    directory where to store files with :mkview
@@ -1018,6 +1022,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'winminwidth'	  'wmw'     minimal number of columns for any window
 'winptydll'		    name of the winpty dynamic library
 'winwidth'	  'wiw'     minimal number of columns for current window
+'wlseat'	  'wse'	    the Wayland seat to use
+'wlsteal'	  'wst'	    allow focus stealing functionality for Wayland
+'wltimeoutlen'	  'wtm'	    timeout to use when polling in Wayland
 'wrap'			    long lines wrap and continue on the next line
 'wrapmargin'	  'wm'	    chars from the right where wrapping starts
 'wrapscan'	  'ws'	    searches wrap around the end of the file
@@ -1454,7 +1461,7 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_fo*		Folding
 
-|'foldmethod'|	set foldmethod=manual	manual folding
+'foldmethod'	set foldmethod=manual	manual folding
 		set foldmethod=indent	folding by indent
 		set foldmethod=expr	folding by 'foldexpr'
 		set foldmethod=syntax	folding by syntax regions

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Feb 17
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -61,7 +61,10 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
    --servername {name}		Become the server {name}.  When used together
 				with one of the --remote commands: connect to
 				server {name} instead of the default (see
-				below).  The name used will be uppercase.
+				below).  The name used will be uppercase.  If
+				using the socketserver, you can specify a
+				path, see |socketserver-name| for more
+				details.
 								*--remote-send*
    --remote-send {keys}		Send {keys} to server and exit.  The {keys}
 				are not mapped.  Special key names are
@@ -72,6 +75,12 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				on stdout.
 								*--serverlist*
    --serverlist			Output a list of server names.
+								*--clientserver*
+   --clientserver {method}	Use the specified method {method} as the
+				backend for clientserver functionality. Can
+				either be "socket" or "x11".
+				{only available when Vim is compiled with both
+				|+X11| and |+socketserver| features}
 
 
 Examples ~
@@ -105,7 +114,8 @@ specified name is not available, a postfix is applied until a free name is
 encountered, i.e. "gvim1" for the second invocation of gvim on a particular
 X-server.  The resulting name is available in the servername builtin variable
 |v:servername|.  The case of the server name is ignored, thus "gvim" and
-"GVIM" are considered equal.
+"GVIM" are considered equal.  Note if a socket server is being used, there are
+some differences, see |socketserver-differences|.
 
 When Vim is invoked with --remote, --remote-wait or --remote-send it will try
 to locate the server name determined by the invocation name and --servername
@@ -119,7 +129,8 @@ itself.  This way it is not necessary to know whether gvim is already started
 when sending command to it.
 
 The --serverlist argument will cause Vim to print a list of registered command
-servers on the standard output (stdout) and exit.
+servers on the standard output (stdout) and exit.  If a socket server is being
+used, there are caveats, see |socketserver-differences|.
 							*{server}*
 The {server} argument is used by several functions.  When this is an empty
 string then on Unix the default server name is used, which is "GVIM".  On
@@ -206,4 +217,64 @@ When using gvim, the --remote-wait only works properly this way: >
 
 	start /w gvim --remote-wait file.txt
 <
+==============================================================================
+3. Socket server specific items			    *socketserver-clientserver*
+				    *E1563* *E1564* *E1565* *E1566* *E1567*
+
+The communication between client and server is done using Unix domain sockets.
+These sockets are either placed in these directories in the following order of
+availability:
+    1. "$XDG_RUTIME_DIR/vim" if $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is set in the environment.
+    2. "$TMPDIR/vim-[uid]", where "[uid]" is the uid of the user. This
+       directory will have the access permissions set to 700 so only the user
+       can read or write from/to it. If $TMPDIR is not set, "/tmp" is used.
+
+						    *socketserver-name*
+When specifying the server id/name, it can be taken as a generic name or an
+absolute or relative path.  If the server id starts with either a "/"
+(absolute) or "./" | "../" (relative), then it is taken as path to the socket.
+Otherwise the server id will be the filename of the socket which will be
+placed in the above common directories.  Note that a server id/name can only
+contain slashes "/" if it is taken as a path, so names such as "abc/dir" will
+be invalid.
+
+Socket server functionality is available in both GTK GUI and terminal versions of
+Vim.  Unless Vim is compiled with |+autoservername| feature, the socket server
+will have to started explicitly, just like X11, even in the GUI.
+
+If Vim crashes or does not exit cleanly, the socket server will not remove the
+socket file and it will be left around.  This is generally not a problem,
+because if a socket name is taken, Vim checks if the socket in its place is
+dead (not attached to any process), and can replace it instead of finding a
+new name.
+
+To send commands to a Vim socket server from another application, read the
+source file src/os_unix.c, there is detailed description of the protocol used.
+
+						    *socketserver-differences*
+Most of the functionality is the same as X11, however unlike X11, where the
+client does not need to be a server in order to communicate with another
+server, the socket server requires the server to be running even as a client.
+The exception is |serverlist()| or the |--serverlist| argument, which does not
+require the server to be running.
+
+Additionally, the server id or client id will not be a number like X11 or
+MS-Windows (shown in hex representation), instead it is the absolute path to
+the socket.  This can be seen via the |v:servername| variable.
+
+The |--serverlist| argument will act just like X11, however it only checks the
+given common directories above.  If a custom path is used for a socket, it
+will not be detected, such as a path either not in $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR or
+<$TMPDIR or /tmp>/vim of the |--serverlist| Vim process.
+
+If you have both |+socketserver| and |+X11| compiled, you will need to add
+|--clientserver| set to "socket" in combination with |--serverlist| to list
+the available servers.  You cannot list both types of backends in one command.
+
+						    *socketserver-x11*
+If Vim is compiled with both |+X11| and |+socketserver|, then deciding which
+backend to use is done at startup time, via the |--clientserver| argument.  By
+default if it is not specified, then X11 will be used.  A Vim instance using a
+socket server cannot communicate with one using X11.
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 16
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jul 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -233,7 +233,12 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			Examples: >
 				:4,5source
 				:10,18source ++clear
-<
+
+<			Implementation detail: When sourcing a [range] of
+			lines that falls inside a folded region, the range
+			will be adjusted to the start and end of the fold,
+			but only if a two line specifiers range was used.
+
 							*:source!*
 :so[urce]! {file}	Read Vim commands from {file}.  These are commands
 			that are executed from Normal mode, like you type

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Oct 05
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ CTRL-X s to find suggestions.  This works like Insert mode completion.  Use
 CTRL-N to use the next suggestion, CTRL-P to go back. |i_CTRL-X_s|
 
 The 'spellsuggest' option influences how the list of suggestions is generated
-and sorted.  See |'spellsuggest'|.
+and sorted.  See 'spellsuggest'.
 
 The 'spellcapcheck' option is used to check the first word of a sentence
 starts with a capital.  This doesn't work for the first word in the file.

runtime/doc/sponsor.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sponsor.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Aug 14
+*sponsor.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -140,7 +140,8 @@ Are the donations tax deductible?
 
 That depends on your country.  The donations to help the children in |Uganda|
 are tax deductible in Holland, Germany, Canada and in the USA.  See the ICCF
-website http://iccf-holland.org/donate.html.
+website https://iccf-holland.org/donate.html (Note: this process is currently
+undergoing some changes and will be done differently in the future).
 
 
 Can you send me a bill?

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 27
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Using the "-u" argument with another argument than DEFAULTS
 		has the side effect that the 'compatible' option will be on by
 		default.  This can have unexpected effects.  See
-		|'compatible'|.
+		'compatible'.
 
 							*-U* *E230*
 -U {gvimrc}	The file {gvimrc} is read for initializations when the GUI
@@ -559,6 +559,12 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		client-server messages), call the |serverlist()| function.
 		This does not enable the XSMP handler though.
 
+							*-Y*
+-Y		Do not try connecting to the Wayland compositor.  Is only
+		relevant for Unix when compiled with the |+wayland| feature,
+		otherwise it's ignored.  Note that this will make any feature
+		that uses Wayland unavailable, such as the clipboard.
+
 							*-s*
 -s {scriptin}	The script file "scriptin" is read.  The characters in the
 		file are interpreted as if you had typed them.  The same can
@@ -1374,7 +1380,7 @@ these steps:
    You need to escape special characters, esp. spaces.
 
 Note that when you create a .vimrc file, this can influence the 'compatible'
-option, which has several side effects.  See |'compatible'|.
+option, which has several side effects.  See 'compatible'.
 ":mkvimrc", ":mkexrc" and ":mksession" write the command to set or reset the
 'compatible' option to the output file first, because of these side effects.
 
@@ -1660,7 +1666,7 @@ VIMINFO FILE NAME					*viminfo-file-name*
   is not set, "$VIM\_viminfo" is used.  When $VIM is also not set,
   "c:\_viminfo" is used.
 - The 'n' flag in the 'viminfo' option can be used to specify another viminfo
-  file name |'viminfo'|.
+  file name 'viminfo'.
 - The "-i" Vim argument can be used to set another file name, |-i|.  When the
   file name given is "NONE" (all uppercase), no viminfo file is ever read or
   written.  Also not for the commands below!

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 03
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -262,6 +262,9 @@ you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
 	 Debug		debugging statements
 
 	*Underlined	text that stands out, HTML links
+	*Bold		bold text
+	*Italic		italic text
+	*BoldItalic	bold and italic text
 
 	*Ignore		left blank, hidden  |hl-Ignore|
 
@@ -1113,6 +1116,23 @@ in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'.  For Unix this would be
     syn sync fromstart
     set foldmethod=syntax
 
+CANGJIE					*cangjie.vim* *ft-cangjie-syntax*
+
+This file provides syntax highlighting for the Cangjie programming language, a
+new-generation language oriented to full-scenario intelligence.
+
+All highlighting is enabled by default.  To disable highlighting for a
+specific group, set the corresponding variable to 0 in your |vimrc|.
+All options to disable highlighting are: >
+	:let g:cangjie_comment_color = 0
+	:let g:cangjie_identifier_color = 0
+	:let g:cangjie_keyword_color = 0
+	:let g:cangjie_macro_color = 0
+	:let g:cangjie_number_color = 0
+	:let g:cangjie_operator_color = 0
+	:let g:cangjie_string_color = 0
+	:let g:cangjie_type_color = 0
+
 CH						*ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
 
 C/C++ interpreter.  Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
@@ -1573,15 +1593,47 @@ ERLANG						*erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
 Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson.  Files with
 the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
 
-The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
-put the following line in your vimrc: >
+Vim highlights triple-quoted docstrings as comments by default.
 
-      :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
+If you want triple-quoted docstrings highlighted as Markdown, add the
+following line to your |.vimrc|: >
 
-To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
+	:let g:erlang_use_markdown_for_docs = 1
 
-      :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
+The plain text inside the docstrings (that is, the characters that are not
+highlighted by the Markdown syntax) is still highlighted as a comment.
 
+If you want to highlight the plain text inside the docstrings using a
+different highlight group, add the following line to your |.vimrc| (the
+example highlights plain text using the String highlight group): >
+
+	:let g:erlang_docstring_default_highlight = 'String'
+
+If you don't enable Markdown, this line highlights the full docstrings
+according to the specified highlight group.
+
+Use the following line to disable highlighting for the plain text: >
+
+	:let g:erlang_docstring_default_highlight = ''
+
+Configuration examples: >
+
+	" Highlight docstrings as Markdown.
+	:let g:erlang_use_markdown_for_docs = 1
+
+	" 1. Highlight Markdown elements in docstrings as Markdown.
+	" 2. Highlight the plain text in docstrings as String.
+	:let g:erlang_use_markdown_for_docs = 1
+	:let g:erlang_docstring_default_highlight = 'String'
+
+	" Highlight docstrings as strings (no Markdown).
+	:let g:erlang_docstring_default_highlight = 'String'
+
+	" 1. Highlight Markdown elements in docstrings as Markdown.
+	" 2. Don't highlight the plain text in docstrings.
+	:let g:erlang_use_markdown_for_docs = 1
+	:let g:erlang_docstring_default_highlight = ''
+<
 
 ELIXIR						*elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
 
@@ -1602,7 +1654,7 @@ Elixir.
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
 
 FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
-http://www.flexwiki.com
+www.flexwiki.com
 NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
 development stopped in 2009.
 
@@ -1927,7 +1979,7 @@ are read during initialization) >
 	:let html_my_rendering=1
 
 If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
-http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
+https://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
 
 You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
 vimrc file: >
@@ -2196,6 +2248,15 @@ Certain modifiers are incompatible with each other, e.g. `abstract` and
 and can be differently highlighted as a group than other modifiers with >
 	:hi link javaConceptKind NonText
 
+All instances of variable-width lookbehind assertions (|/\@<!| and |/\@<=|),
+resorted to in syntax item definitions, are confined to arbitrary byte counts.
+Another arbitrary value can be selected for a related group of definitions.
+For example: >
+	:let g:java_lookbehind_byte_counts = {'javaMarkdownCommentTitle': 240}
+Where each key name of this dictionary is the name of a syntax item.  The use
+of these assertions in syntax items may vary among revisions, so no definitive
+set of supported key names is committed to.
+
 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
 a larger number: >
@@ -2308,7 +2369,7 @@ the parentheses and backquoted parentheses.  Because of the quantity of
 colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
 specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
 usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups.  The actual
-highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting  (see |'bg'|).
+highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting  (see 'bg').
 
 
 LITE						*lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
@@ -3878,7 +3939,7 @@ always accept such use of @.
 					*tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
  Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
 
-If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
+If you have 'conceallevel' set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
 number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
 including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
 superscripts and subscripts in MathZones.  Not all characters can be made into
@@ -3886,7 +3947,7 @@ superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
 In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
 
 One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
-with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
+with 'conceallevel' at 0 and the other at 2; and both using 'scrollbind'.
 
 					*g:tex_conceal*
  Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
@@ -4013,12 +4074,12 @@ The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
 embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
 
    g:vimsyn_embed == 0   : don't support any embedded scripts
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~# 'l' : support embedded Lua
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~# 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~# 'p' : support embedded Perl
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~# 'P' : support embedded Python
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~# 'r' : support embedded Ruby
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~# 't' : support embedded Tcl
 <
 By default, g:vimsyn_embed is unset, and the Lua and Python script interfaces
 are supported.
@@ -4027,19 +4088,19 @@ are supported.
 Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
 
    g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : fold augroups
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'c' : fold Vim9 classes
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'e' : fold Vim9 enums
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold let heredocs
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'i' : fold Vim9 interfaces
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9 legacy headers
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua      heredocs
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme heredocs
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl     heredocs
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python   heredocs
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby     heredocs
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl      heredocs
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'a' : fold augroups
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'c' : fold Vim9 classes
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'e' : fold Vim9 enums
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'f' : fold functions
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'h' : fold let heredocs
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'i' : fold Vim9 interfaces
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'H' : fold Vim9 legacy headers
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'l' : fold Lua      heredocs
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'm' : fold MzScheme heredocs
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'p' : fold Perl     heredocs
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'P' : fold Python   heredocs
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 'r' : fold Ruby     heredocs
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~# 't' : fold Tcl      heredocs
 <
 
 By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset.  Concatenate the indicated characters
@@ -4318,13 +4379,13 @@ SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
 
 DEFINING KEYWORDS					*:syn-keyword*
 
-:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
+:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} ... [{options}]
 
 	This defines a number of keywords.
 
 	{group-name}	Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
 	[{options}]	See |:syn-arguments| below.
-	{keyword} ..	Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
+	{keyword} ...	Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
 
 	Example: >
   :syntax keyword   Type   int long char
@@ -5485,7 +5546,7 @@ in their own color.
 			Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
 			an existing group. If a given color name is not
 			recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
-			|'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
+			'runtimepath' will be loaded.
 			See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
 			See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
 			argument.

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 07
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ when used in combination with more than one tab page.
 
 {not able to use multiple tab pages when the |+windows| feature was disabled
 at compile time}
+{not able to use |tabpanel| feature when the |+tabpanel| feature was disabled
+at compile time}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction						*tab-page-intro*
@@ -36,9 +38,9 @@ commands, |:windo|, |:all| and |:ball| (when not using the |:tab| modifier).
 The commands that are aware of other tab pages than the current one are
 mentioned below.
 
-Tabs are also a nice way to edit a buffer temporarily without changing the
-current window layout.  Open a new tab page, do whatever you want to do and
-close the tab page.
+Tab pages are also a nice way to edit a buffer temporarily without changing
+the current window layout.  Open a new tab page, do whatever you want to do
+and close the tab page.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Commands						*tab-page-commands*
@@ -116,7 +118,7 @@ Closing the last window of a tab page closes the tab page too, unless there is
 only one tab page.
 
 Using the mouse: If the tab page line is displayed you can click in the "X" at
-the top right to close the current tab page.  A custom |'tabline'| may show
+the top right to close the current tab page.  A custom 'tabline' may show
 something else.
 
 							*:tabc* *:tabclose*
@@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ something else.
 		    :tabclose $	    " close the last tab page
 		    :tabclose #     " close the last accessed tab page
 
-When a tab is closed the next tab page will become the current one. This
+When a tab page is closed the next tab page will become the current one. This
 behaviour can be customized using the 'tabclose' option.
 
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
@@ -181,7 +183,7 @@ SWITCHING TO ANOTHER TAB PAGE:
 
 Using the mouse: If the tab page line is displayed you can click in a tab page
 label to switch to that tab page.  Click where there is no label to go to the
-next tab page.  |'tabline'|
+next tab page.  'tabline'
 
 :tabn[ext]				*:tabn* *:tabnext* *gt*
 <C-PageDown>				*CTRL-<PageDown>* *<C-PageDown>*
@@ -250,7 +252,7 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 :[N]tabm[ove]
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  N is counted before
-		the move, thus if the second tab is the current one,
+		the move, thus if the second tab page is the current one,
 		`:tabmove 1` and `:tabmove 2` have no effect.
 		Without N the tab page is made the last one. >
 		    :.tabmove	" do nothing
@@ -274,9 +276,9 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 		    :tabmove +1	" as above
 
 
-Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
-:Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For clarification what
-+N means in this context see |[range]|.
+Note that although it is possible to move a tab page behind the N-th one by
+using :Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
+clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
 
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
@@ -361,6 +363,9 @@ A "+" will be shown for a tab page that has a modified window.  The number of
 windows in a tabpage is also shown.  Thus "3+" means three windows and one of
 them has a modified buffer.
 
+An "X" (close button) will appear in the last column when multiple tab pages
+are open, but only if the 'mouse' is enabled.
+
 The 'tabline' option allows you to define your preferred way to tab pages
 labels.  This isn't easy, thus an example will be given here.
 
@@ -393,7 +398,7 @@ pages and define labels for them.  Then get the label for each tab page. >
 	    let s ..= ' %{MyTabLabel(' .. (i + 1) .. ')} '
 	  endfor
 
-	  " after the last tab fill with TabLineFill and reset tab page nr
+	  " after the last tab page fill with TabLineFill and reset tab page nr
 	  let s ..= '%#TabLineFill#%T'
 
 	  " right-align the label to close the current tab page
@@ -438,15 +443,15 @@ side of the window.  It looks like this:
 <
 To configure the tabpanel, use the following options: 'tabpanel',
 'showtabpanel' and 'tabpanelopt'.
-The 'tabpanel' and 'showtabpanel' options function similar to
-'statusline' or 'tabline'.
+The 'tabpanel' option functions similar to 'statusline' or 'tabline', and the
+'showtabpanel' option functions similar to 'laststatus' or 'showtabline'.
 
 The "columns:" item of 'tabpanelopt' option specifies the width of the
 tabpanel:
 >
-              +------ This width
-              |
-         <----+----->
+	      +------ This width
+	      |
+	 <----+----->
 	+-----------+----------------------------------
 	|(1)        |text text text text text text text
 	|  ~/aaa.txt|text text text text text text text
@@ -464,9 +469,9 @@ The "vert" item of the 'tabpanelopt' option specifies whether a vertical
 separator should be displayed between the tabpanel and the display part of the
 window:
 >
-                    +------ This is
-                    |
-                    v
+		    +------ This is
+		    |
+		    v
 	+-----------+----------------------------------
 	|(1)        |text text text text text text text
 	|  ~/aaa.txt|text text text text text text text

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -41,7 +41,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 ']	motion.txt	/*']*
 '^	motion.txt	/*'^*
 'a	motion.txt	/*'a*
+'ac'	options.txt	/*'ac'*
 'acd'	options.txt	/*'acd'*
+'acl'	options.txt	/*'acl'*
 'ai'	options.txt	/*'ai'*
 'akm'	options.txt	/*'akm'*
 'al'	options.txt	/*'al'*
@@ -62,6 +64,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'as'	todo.txt	/*'as'*
 'asd'	options.txt	/*'asd'*
 'autochdir'	options.txt	/*'autochdir'*
+'autocomplete'	options.txt	/*'autocomplete'*
+'autocompletedelay'	options.txt	/*'autocompletedelay'*
 'autoindent'	options.txt	/*'autoindent'*
 'autoprint'	vi_diff.txt	/*'autoprint'*
 'autoread'	options.txt	/*'autoread'*
@@ -149,6 +153,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'cinw'	options.txt	/*'cinw'*
 'cinwords'	options.txt	/*'cinwords'*
 'clipboard'	options.txt	/*'clipboard'*
+'clipmethod'	options.txt	/*'clipmethod'*
 'cm'	options.txt	/*'cm'*
 'cmdheight'	options.txt	/*'cmdheight'*
 'cmdwinheight'	options.txt	/*'cmdwinheight'*
@@ -178,6 +183,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'copyindent'	options.txt	/*'copyindent'*
 'cot'	options.txt	/*'cot'*
 'cp'	options.txt	/*'cp'*
+'cpm'	options.txt	/*'cpm'*
 'cpo'	options.txt	/*'cpo'*
 'cpoptions'	options.txt	/*'cpoptions'*
 'cpp'	options.txt	/*'cpp'*
@@ -214,9 +220,11 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'delcombine'	options.txt	/*'delcombine'*
 'dex'	options.txt	/*'dex'*
 'dg'	options.txt	/*'dg'*
+'dia'	options.txt	/*'dia'*
 'dict'	options.txt	/*'dict'*
 'dictionary'	options.txt	/*'dictionary'*
 'diff'	options.txt	/*'diff'*
+'diffanchors'	options.txt	/*'diffanchors'*
 'diffexpr'	options.txt	/*'diffexpr'*
 'diffopt'	options.txt	/*'diffopt'*
 'digraph'	options.txt	/*'digraph'*
@@ -504,6 +512,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'maxmem'	options.txt	/*'maxmem'*
 'maxmempattern'	options.txt	/*'maxmempattern'*
 'maxmemtot'	options.txt	/*'maxmemtot'*
+'maxsearchcount'	options.txt	/*'maxsearchcount'*
 'mco'	options.txt	/*'mco'*
 'mef'	options.txt	/*'mef'*
 'menc'	options.txt	/*'menc'*
@@ -543,12 +552,14 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'mousetime'	options.txt	/*'mousetime'*
 'mp'	options.txt	/*'mp'*
 'mps'	options.txt	/*'mps'*
+'msc'	options.txt	/*'msc'*
 'msm'	options.txt	/*'msm'*
 'mzq'	options.txt	/*'mzq'*
 'mzquantum'	options.txt	/*'mzquantum'*
 'mzschemedll'	options.txt	/*'mzschemedll'*
 'mzschemegcdll'	options.txt	/*'mzschemegcdll'*
 'nf'	options.txt	/*'nf'*
+'noac'	options.txt	/*'noac'*
 'noacd'	options.txt	/*'noacd'*
 'noai'	options.txt	/*'noai'*
 'noakm'	options.txt	/*'noakm'*
@@ -565,6 +576,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'noas'	todo.txt	/*'noas'*
 'noasd'	options.txt	/*'noasd'*
 'noautochdir'	options.txt	/*'noautochdir'*
+'noautocomplete'	options.txt	/*'noautocomplete'*
 'noautoindent'	options.txt	/*'noautoindent'*
 'noautoread'	options.txt	/*'noautoread'*
 'noautosave'	todo.txt	/*'noautosave'*
@@ -803,6 +815,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nowinfixheight'	options.txt	/*'nowinfixheight'*
 'nowinfixwidth'	options.txt	/*'nowinfixwidth'*
 'nowiv'	options.txt	/*'nowiv'*
+'nowlsteal'	options.txt	/*'nowlsteal'*
 'nowmnu'	options.txt	/*'nowmnu'*
 'nowrap'	options.txt	/*'nowrap'*
 'nowrapscan'	options.txt	/*'nowrapscan'*
@@ -810,6 +823,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nowriteany'	options.txt	/*'nowriteany'*
 'nowritebackup'	options.txt	/*'nowritebackup'*
 'nows'	options.txt	/*'nows'*
+'nowst'	options.txt	/*'nowst'*
 'noxtermcodes'	options.txt	/*'noxtermcodes'*
 'nrformats'	options.txt	/*'nrformats'*
 'nu'	options.txt	/*'nu'*
@@ -1334,6 +1348,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'winwidth'	options.txt	/*'winwidth'*
 'wiv'	options.txt	/*'wiv'*
 'wiw'	options.txt	/*'wiw'*
+'wlseat'	options.txt	/*'wlseat'*
+'wlsteal'	options.txt	/*'wlsteal'*
+'wltimeoutlen'	options.txt	/*'wltimeoutlen'*
 'wm'	options.txt	/*'wm'*
 'wmh'	options.txt	/*'wmh'*
 'wmnu'	options.txt	/*'wmnu'*
@@ -1347,6 +1364,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'writebackup'	options.txt	/*'writebackup'*
 'writedelay'	options.txt	/*'writedelay'*
 'ws'	options.txt	/*'ws'*
+'wse'	options.txt	/*'wse'*
+'wst'	options.txt	/*'wst'*
+'wtm'	options.txt	/*'wtm'*
 'ww'	options.txt	/*'ww'*
 'xtermcodes'	options.txt	/*'xtermcodes'*
 '{	motion.txt	/*'{*
@@ -1477,6 +1497,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 +scrollbind	various.txt	/*+scrollbind*
 +signs	various.txt	/*+signs*
 +smartindent	various.txt	/*+smartindent*
++socketserver	various.txt	/*+socketserver*
 +sodium	various.txt	/*+sodium*
 +sound	various.txt	/*+sound*
 +spell	various.txt	/*+spell*
@@ -1512,6 +1533,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 +visualextra	various.txt	/*+visualextra*
 +vreplace	various.txt	/*+vreplace*
 +vtp	various.txt	/*+vtp*
++wayland	various.txt	/*+wayland*
++wayland_clipboard	various.txt	/*+wayland_clipboard*
 +wildignore	various.txt	/*+wildignore*
 +wildmenu	various.txt	/*+wildmenu*
 +windows	various.txt	/*+windows*
@@ -1535,6 +1558,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 --	starting.txt	/*--*
 ---	starting.txt	/*---*
 --clean	starting.txt	/*--clean*
+--clientserver	remote.txt	/*--clientserver*
 --cmd	starting.txt	/*--cmd*
 --echo-wid	starting.txt	/*--echo-wid*
 --gui-dialog-file	starting.txt	/*--gui-dialog-file*
@@ -1582,6 +1606,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 -V	starting.txt	/*-V*
 -W	starting.txt	/*-W*
 -X	starting.txt	/*-X*
+-Y	starting.txt	/*-Y*
 -Z	starting.txt	/*-Z*
 -b	starting.txt	/*-b*
 -background	gui_x11.txt	/*-background*
@@ -1802,6 +1827,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 /\{-	pattern.txt	/*\/\\{-*
 /\~	pattern.txt	/*\/\\~*
 /^	pattern.txt	/*\/^*
+/_<Tab>	cmdline.txt	/*\/_<Tab>*
 /_CTRL-G	cmdline.txt	/*\/_CTRL-G*
 /_CTRL-L	cmdline.txt	/*\/_CTRL-L*
 /_CTRL-T	cmdline.txt	/*\/_CTRL-T*
@@ -2404,6 +2430,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :clast	quickfix.txt	/*:clast*
 :cle	motion.txt	/*:cle*
 :clearjumps	motion.txt	/*:clearjumps*
+:clip	various.txt	/*:clip*
+:clipreset	various.txt	/*:clipreset*
 :clist	quickfix.txt	/*:clist*
 :clo	windows.txt	/*:clo*
 :close	windows.txt	/*:close*
@@ -3331,6 +3359,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :so	repeat.txt	/*:so*
 :sor	change.txt	/*:sor*
 :sort	change.txt	/*:sort*
+:sort-l	change.txt	/*:sort-l*
+:sort-u	change.txt	/*:sort-u*
+:sort-uniq	change.txt	/*:sort-uniq*
 :source	repeat.txt	/*:source*
 :source!	repeat.txt	/*:source!*
 :source-range	repeat.txt	/*:source-range*
@@ -3565,6 +3596,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :undolist	undo.txt	/*:undolist*
 :unh	windows.txt	/*:unh*
 :unhide	windows.txt	/*:unhide*
+:uni	change.txt	/*:uni*
+:uniq	change.txt	/*:uniq*
 :unl	eval.txt	/*:unl*
 :unlet	eval.txt	/*:unlet*
 :unlet-$	eval.txt	/*:unlet-$*
@@ -3647,6 +3680,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :winp	gui.txt	/*:winp*
 :winpos	gui.txt	/*:winpos*
 :winsize	gui.txt	/*:winsize*
+:wl	wayland.txt	/*:wl*
+:wlrestore	wayland.txt	/*:wlrestore*
 :wn	editing.txt	/*:wn*
 :wnext	editing.txt	/*:wnext*
 :wp	editing.txt	/*:wp*
@@ -3964,6 +3999,8 @@ C	change.txt	/*C*
 C-editing	tips.txt	/*C-editing*
 C-indenting	indent.txt	/*C-indenting*
 C89	develop.txt	/*C89*
+C90	develop.txt	/*C90*
+C95	develop.txt	/*C95*
 C99	develop.txt	/*C99*
 COMSPEC	starting.txt	/*COMSPEC*
 CR-used-for-NL	pattern.txt	/*CR-used-for-NL*
@@ -4586,6 +4623,11 @@ E1425	vim9class.txt	/*E1425*
 E1426	vim9class.txt	/*E1426*
 E1429	vim9class.txt	/*E1429*
 E143	autocmd.txt	/*E143*
+E1432	vim9.txt	/*E1432*
+E1433	vim9.txt	/*E1433*
+E1434	vim9.txt	/*E1434*
+E1435	vim9class.txt	/*E1435*
+E1436	vim9class.txt	/*E1436*
 E144	various.txt	/*E144*
 E145	starting.txt	/*E145*
 E146	change.txt	/*E146*
@@ -4641,8 +4683,27 @@ E154	helphelp.txt	/*E154*
 E1540	eval.txt	/*E1540*
 E1541	vi_diff.txt	/*E1541*
 E1547	various.txt	/*E1547*
+E1548	wayland.txt	/*E1548*
+E1549	options.txt	/*E1549*
 E155	sign.txt	/*E155*
+E1550	options.txt	/*E1550*
+E1552	vim9.txt	/*E1552*
+E1553	vim9.txt	/*E1553*
+E1554	vim9.txt	/*E1554*
+E1555	vim9.txt	/*E1555*
+E1556	vim9.txt	/*E1556*
+E1557	vim9.txt	/*E1557*
+E1558	vim9.txt	/*E1558*
+E1559	vim9.txt	/*E1559*
 E156	sign.txt	/*E156*
+E1560	vim9.txt	/*E1560*
+E1561	vim9.txt	/*E1561*
+E1562	options.txt	/*E1562*
+E1563	remote.txt	/*E1563*
+E1564	remote.txt	/*E1564*
+E1565	remote.txt	/*E1565*
+E1566	remote.txt	/*E1566*
+E1567	remote.txt	/*E1567*
 E157	sign.txt	/*E157*
 E158	sign.txt	/*E158*
 E159	sign.txt	/*E159*
@@ -5605,6 +5666,7 @@ GetLatestVimScripts_dat	pi_getscript.txt	/*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 Gnome	gui_x11.txt	/*Gnome*
 H	motion.txt	/*H*
 Haiku	os_haiku.txt	/*Haiku*
+HelpToc-mappings	helphelp.txt	/*HelpToc-mappings*
 I	insert.txt	/*I*
 ICCF	uganda.txt	/*ICCF*
 IM-server	mbyte.txt	/*IM-server*
@@ -5702,6 +5764,7 @@ PHP_outdentSLComments	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentSLComments*
 PHP_outdentphpescape	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentphpescape*
 PHP_removeCRwhenUnix	indent.txt	/*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
 PHP_vintage_case_default_indent	indent.txt	/*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
+POSIX.1-2001	develop.txt	/*POSIX.1-2001*
 Partial	eval.txt	/*Partial*
 Pattern	pattern.txt	/*Pattern*
 Perl	if_perl.txt	/*Perl*
@@ -6140,6 +6203,9 @@ assert_notequal()	testing.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
 assert_notmatch()	testing.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
 assert_report()	testing.txt	/*assert_report()*
 assert_true()	testing.txt	/*assert_true()*
+assumptions-C-compiler	develop.txt	/*assumptions-C-compiler*
+assumptions-makefiles	develop.txt	/*assumptions-makefiles*
+assumptions-variables	develop.txt	/*assumptions-variables*
 astro.vim	syntax.txt	/*astro.vim*
 asy.vim	syntax.txt	/*asy.vim*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
@@ -6427,6 +6493,7 @@ c_space_errors	syntax.txt	/*c_space_errors*
 c_syntax_for_h	syntax.txt	/*c_syntax_for_h*
 c_wildchar	cmdline.txt	/*c_wildchar*
 call()	builtin.txt	/*call()*
+cangjie.vim	syntax.txt	/*cangjie.vim*
 carriage-return	intro.txt	/*carriage-return*
 case	change.txt	/*case*
 catch-all	eval.txt	/*catch-all*
@@ -6584,6 +6651,7 @@ cmdarg-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdarg-variable*
 cmdbang-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdbang-variable*
 cmdcomplete_info()	builtin.txt	/*cmdcomplete_info()*
 cmdline-arguments	vi_diff.txt	/*cmdline-arguments*
+cmdline-autocompletion	builtin.txt	/*cmdline-autocompletion*
 cmdline-changed	version5.txt	/*cmdline-changed*
 cmdline-completion	cmdline.txt	/*cmdline-completion*
 cmdline-editing	cmdline.txt	/*cmdline-editing*
@@ -6771,6 +6839,7 @@ cpo-x	options.txt	/*cpo-x*
 cpo-y	options.txt	/*cpo-y*
 cpo-z	options.txt	/*cpo-z*
 cpo-{	options.txt	/*cpo-{*
+cpo-~	options.txt	/*cpo-~*
 cpp.vim	syntax.txt	/*cpp.vim*
 crash-recovery	recover.txt	/*crash-recovery*
 creating-menus	gui.txt	/*creating-menus*
@@ -6864,6 +6933,7 @@ debugger-support	debugger.txt	/*debugger-support*
 debugger.txt	debugger.txt	/*debugger.txt*
 dec-mouse	options.txt	/*dec-mouse*
 decada_members	ft_ada.txt	/*decada_members*
+deduplicating	change.txt	/*deduplicating*
 deepcopy()	builtin.txt	/*deepcopy()*
 default-constructor	vim9class.txt	/*default-constructor*
 defaults.vim	starting.txt	/*defaults.vim*
@@ -6907,6 +6977,7 @@ dict-modification	eval.txt	/*dict-modification*
 did_filetype()	builtin.txt	/*did_filetype()*
 diff	diff.txt	/*diff*
 diff()	builtin.txt	/*diff()*
+diff-anchors	diff.txt	/*diff-anchors*
 diff-diffexpr	diff.txt	/*diff-diffexpr*
 diff-func-examples	diff.txt	/*diff-func-examples*
 diff-mode	diff.txt	/*diff-mode*
@@ -7361,6 +7432,7 @@ ft-bash-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-bash-syntax*
 ft-basic-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-basic-syntax*
 ft-c-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-c-omni*
 ft-c-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-c-syntax*
+ft-cangjie-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cangjie-syntax*
 ft-ch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ch-syntax*
 ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
@@ -7759,7 +7831,6 @@ g:netrw_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_menu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_menu*
 g:netrw_mkdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
 g:netrw_mousemaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mousemaps*
-g:netrw_nobeval	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nobeval*
 g:netrw_preview	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_preview*
 g:netrw_rcp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
 g:netrw_remote_mkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_remote_mkdir*
@@ -7819,8 +7890,10 @@ g:rustc_path	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustc_path*
 g:rustfmt_autosave	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_autosave*
 g:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present*
 g:rustfmt_command	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_command*
+g:rustfmt_detect_version	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_detect_version*
 g:rustfmt_emit_files	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_emit_files*
 g:rustfmt_fail_silently	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
+g:rustfmt_find_toml	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_find_toml*
 g:rustfmt_options	ft_rust.txt	/*g:rustfmt_options*
 g:statusline_winid	options.txt	/*g:statusline_winid*
 g:syntax_on	syntax.txt	/*g:syntax_on*
@@ -7830,7 +7903,6 @@ g:tar_copycmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_copycmd*
 g:tar_extractcmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_extractcmd*
 g:tar_nomax	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_nomax*
 g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
-g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
 g:termdebug_config	terminal.txt	/*g:termdebug_config*
 g:termdebugger	terminal.txt	/*g:termdebugger*
@@ -7923,6 +7995,9 @@ gdb	debug.txt	/*gdb*
 gdb-version	terminal.txt	/*gdb-version*
 ge	motion.txt	/*ge*
 gender-neutral	helphelp.txt	/*gender-neutral*
+generic-function-call	vim9.txt	/*generic-function-call*
+generic-function-declaration	vim9.txt	/*generic-function-declaration*
+generic-functions	vim9.txt	/*generic-functions*
 get()	builtin.txt	/*get()*
 get()-blob	builtin.txt	/*get()-blob*
 get()-dict	builtin.txt	/*get()-dict*
@@ -7951,6 +8026,7 @@ getcmdscreenpos()	builtin.txt	/*getcmdscreenpos()*
 getcmdtype()	builtin.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
 getcmdwintype()	builtin.txt	/*getcmdwintype()*
 getcompletion()	builtin.txt	/*getcompletion()*
+getcompletiontype()	builtin.txt	/*getcompletiontype()*
 getcurpos()	builtin.txt	/*getcurpos()*
 getcursorcharpos()	builtin.txt	/*getcursorcharpos()*
 getcwd()	builtin.txt	/*getcwd()*
@@ -8489,7 +8565,6 @@ improvements-6	version6.txt	/*improvements-6*
 improvements-7	version7.txt	/*improvements-7*
 improvements-8	version8.txt	/*improvements-8*
 improvements-9	version9.txt	/*improvements-9*
-improvements-9.2	version9.txt	/*improvements-9.2*
 in_bot	channel.txt	/*in_bot*
 in_buf	channel.txt	/*in_buf*
 in_io-buffer	channel.txt	/*in_io-buffer*
@@ -8527,6 +8602,7 @@ inputlist()	builtin.txt	/*inputlist()*
 inputrestore()	builtin.txt	/*inputrestore()*
 inputsave()	builtin.txt	/*inputsave()*
 inputsecret()	builtin.txt	/*inputsecret()*
+ins-autocompletion	insert.txt	/*ins-autocompletion*
 ins-completion	insert.txt	/*ins-completion*
 ins-completion-menu	insert.txt	/*ins-completion-menu*
 ins-expandtab	insert.txt	/*ins-expandtab*
@@ -9146,7 +9222,6 @@ netrw-mm	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mm*
 netrw-modify	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-modify*
 netrw-mouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mouse*
 netrw-move	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-move*
-netrw-mp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mp*
 netrw-mr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mr*
 netrw-ms	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ms*
 netrw-mt	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mt*
@@ -9212,7 +9287,6 @@ netrw-rightmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rightmouse*
 netrw-s	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-s*
 netrw-s-cr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-s-cr*
 netrw-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings*
-netrw-settings-window	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings-window*
 netrw-sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sexplore*
 netrw-sort	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort*
 netrw-sort-sequence	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort-sequence*
@@ -10032,6 +10106,7 @@ search()	builtin.txt	/*search()*
 search()-sub-match	builtin.txt	/*search()-sub-match*
 search-commands	pattern.txt	/*search-commands*
 search-offset	pattern.txt	/*search-offset*
+search-options	pattern.txt	/*search-options*
 search-pattern	pattern.txt	/*search-pattern*
 search-range	pattern.txt	/*search-range*
 search-replace	change.txt	/*search-replace*
@@ -10157,6 +10232,10 @@ slow-fast-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-fast-terminal*
 slow-start	starting.txt	/*slow-start*
 slow-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-terminal*
 socket-interface	channel.txt	/*socket-interface*
+socketserver-clientserver	remote.txt	/*socketserver-clientserver*
+socketserver-differences	remote.txt	/*socketserver-differences*
+socketserver-name	remote.txt	/*socketserver-name*
+socketserver-x11	remote.txt	/*socketserver-x11*
 sort()	builtin.txt	/*sort()*
 sorting	change.txt	/*sorting*
 sound-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sound-functions*
@@ -10374,7 +10453,6 @@ style-changes	develop.txt	/*style-changes*
 style-clang-format	develop.txt	/*style-clang-format*
 style-comments	develop.txt	/*style-comments*
 style-common-functions	develop.txt	/*style-common-functions*
-style-compiler	develop.txt	/*style-compiler*
 style-declarations	develop.txt	/*style-declarations*
 style-examples	develop.txt	/*style-examples*
 style-functions	develop.txt	/*style-functions*
@@ -10984,6 +11062,7 @@ type-casting	vim9.txt	/*type-casting*
 type-checking	vim9.txt	/*type-checking*
 type-inference	vim9.txt	/*type-inference*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
+type-variable-naming	vim9.txt	/*type-variable-naming*
 typealias	vim9class.txt	/*typealias*
 typename()	builtin.txt	/*typename()*
 typescript.vim	syntax.txt	/*typescript.vim*
@@ -11015,6 +11094,7 @@ undofile()	builtin.txt	/*undofile()*
 undotree()	builtin.txt	/*undotree()*
 unicode	mbyte.txt	/*unicode*
 uniq()	builtin.txt	/*uniq()*
+unique	change.txt	/*unique*
 unix	os_unix.txt	/*unix*
 unlisted-buffer	windows.txt	/*unlisted-buffer*
 up-down-motions	motion.txt	/*up-down-motions*
@@ -11088,6 +11168,7 @@ v:beval_winnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_winnr*
 v:char	eval.txt	/*v:char*
 v:charconvert_from	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_from*
 v:charconvert_to	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_to*
+v:clipmethod	eval.txt	/*v:clipmethod*
 v:cmdarg	eval.txt	/*v:cmdarg*
 v:cmdbang	eval.txt	/*v:cmdbang*
 v:collate	eval.txt	/*v:collate*
@@ -11191,6 +11272,7 @@ v:version	eval.txt	/*v:version*
 v:versionlong	eval.txt	/*v:versionlong*
 v:vim_did_enter	eval.txt	/*v:vim_did_enter*
 v:warningmsg	eval.txt	/*v:warningmsg*
+v:wayland_display	eval.txt	/*v:wayland_display*
 v:windowid	eval.txt	/*v:windowid*
 v_!	change.txt	/*v_!*
 v_$	visual.txt	/*v_$*
@@ -11549,6 +11631,17 @@ w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
 waittime	channel.txt	/*waittime*
 warningmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*warningmsg-variable*
+wayland	wayland.txt	/*wayland*
+wayland-and-x11	wayland.txt	/*wayland-and-x11*
+wayland-focus-steal	wayland.txt	/*wayland-focus-steal*
+wayland-gnome	wayland.txt	/*wayland-gnome*
+wayland-gui	wayland.txt	/*wayland-gui*
+wayland-persist	wayland.txt	/*wayland-persist*
+wayland-primary-selection	wayland.txt	/*wayland-primary-selection*
+wayland-seat	wayland.txt	/*wayland-seat*
+wayland-selections	wayland.txt	/*wayland-selections*
+wayland-useful	wayland.txt	/*wayland-useful*
+wayland.txt	wayland.txt	/*wayland.txt*
 wdl-syntax	syntax.txt	/*wdl-syntax*
 wdl.vim	syntax.txt	/*wdl.vim*
 white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
@@ -11556,6 +11649,7 @@ whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
 wildmenumode()	builtin.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
+wildtrigger()	builtin.txt	/*wildtrigger()*
 win-scrolled-resized	windows.txt	/*win-scrolled-resized*
 win16	os_win32.txt	/*win16*
 win32	os_win32.txt	/*win32*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Dec 31
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (works for	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		xterm and other terminal emulators)  The
 		response is stored in |v:termresponse| |xterm-8bit|
-		|'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+		'ttymouse' |xterm-codes|
 	t_XM	enable/disable mouse reporting,			*t_XM* *'t_XM'*
 		see |mouse-reporting| below
 	t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state;	*t_RK* *'t_RK'*
 		sent after |t_TI|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
-		see |'ambiwidth'|
+		see 'ambiwidth'
 		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
 	t_RF	request terminal foreground color		*t_RF* *'t_RF'*
 		The response is stored in |v:termrfgresp|
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ When the X-server clipboard is available, the command server described in
 							*xterm-copy-paste*
 NOTE: In some (older) xterms, it's not possible to move the cursor past column
 95 or 223.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm
-|color-xterm|.  Also see |'ttymouse'|.
+|color-xterm|.  Also see 'ttymouse'.
 
 Copy/paste in xterm with (current mode NOT included in 'mouse'):
 1. Press left mouse button on first letter of text, move mouse pointer to last

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Feb 22
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jul 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1711,6 +1711,9 @@ than 99 will be displayed as "9+".
 
 If you want to customize the breakpoint signs to show `>>` in the signcolumn: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['sign'] = '>>'
+You can also specify individual signs for the first several breakpoints: >
+	let g:termdebug_config['signs'] = ['>1', '>2', '>3', '>4', '>5', '>6', '>7', '>8', '>9']
+	let g:termdebug_config['sign'] = '>>'
 If you would like to use decimal (base 10) breakpoint signs: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['sign_decimal'] = 1
 If the variable g:termdebug_config does not yet exist, you can use: >

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 May 30
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -115,7 +115,6 @@ Further Vim9 improvements:
   - For chaining, allow using the class name as type for function return
     value.
   - Implement "specifies" interface
-  - Implement generics
   - Add "assignable" (class or child)?
   - More efficient way for interface member index than iterating over list?
   - a variant of type() that returns a different type for each class?
@@ -290,7 +289,8 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   then when the window is resized redraw those lines.
 - Redrawing is slow with Motif. (Ramel Eshed)
 - For the GUI fill termios with default values, perhaps like pangoterm:
-  http://bazaar.launchpad.net/~leonerd/pangoterm/trunk/view/head:/main.c#L134
+  (dead link)
+  bazaar.launchpad.net/~leonerd/pangoterm/trunk/view/head:/main.c#L134
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
@@ -1427,12 +1427,6 @@ Possibly include the needed code so that it can be built everywhere.
 Add a way to restart a timer.  It's similar to timer_stop() and timer_start(),
 but the reference remains valid.
 
-Need to try out instructions in INSTALLpc.txt about how to install all
-interfaces and how to build Vim with them.
-Appveyor build with self-installing executable, includes getting most
-interfaces: https://github.com/k-takata/vim/tree/chrisbra-appveyor-build
-result: https://ci.appveyor.com/project/k-takata/vim/history
-
 Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
 
 Patch to make tests pass with EBCDIC. (Owen Leibman, 2016 Apr 10)
@@ -1655,7 +1649,7 @@ Or minpac: https://github.com/k-takata/minpac, since it leverages the builtin
 package feature.
 Long message about this from ZyX, 2014 Mar 23.  And following replies.
 Also see (link seems dead):
-http://vim-wiki.mawercer.de/wiki/topic/vim%20plugin%20managment.html
+vim-wiki.mawercer.de/wiki/topic/vim%20plugin%20managment.html
 User view:
 - Support multiple sources, basically any http:// URL. Or a central place that
   will work for everybody (github?  redirects from vim.org?).
@@ -2202,8 +2196,6 @@ displayed in a window should return the value that's stored for that buffer.
 
 ":he ctrl_u" can be auto-corrected to ":he ctrl-u".
 
-Diff mode out of sync. (Gary Johnson, 2010 Aug 4)
-
 Win32: completion of file name ":e c:\!test" results in ":e c:\\!test", which
 does not work. (Nieko Maatjes, 2009 Jan 8, Ingo Karkat, 2009 Jan 22)
 
@@ -2379,7 +2371,7 @@ Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct
 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences.
-Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html (link seems dead)
+Example on www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html (link seems dead)
 
 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge
 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31)
@@ -2410,7 +2402,7 @@ Asked about latest version: 0.77.1 is on www.vim.org.
 More AmigaOS4 patches. (Peter Bengtsson, Nov 9)
 
 Amiga patches with vbcc. (Adrien Destugues, 2010 Aug 30)
-(link seems dead): http://pulkomandy.ath.cx/drop/vim73_vbcc_amiga.diff
+(link seems dead): pulkomandy.ath.cx/drop/vim73_vbcc_amiga.diff
 
 Problem with compound words?  (Bert, 2008 May 6)
 No warning for when flags are defined after they are used in an affix.
@@ -2481,7 +2473,7 @@ Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7)
 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces.  Patch by Mathias
 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 9.  Another patch for more path names, 2006 May 31.
 New version (link seems dead):
-http://members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip
+members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip
 (also for other patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22)
 
 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails.  Patch by Mathias
@@ -3021,7 +3013,7 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     the screen.
 8   The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
     The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs.
-    Tutorial (link seems dead): http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
+    Tutorial (link seems dead): win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
 6   Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":"
     of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor.  (Lipelis)
 8   When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide
@@ -3251,7 +3243,7 @@ Macintosh:
 7   Loading the Perl library only works on OS/X 10.2 or 10.3, never on both.
     Load the Perl library dynamically see Python sources file dynload_mac
     (Jack)
-    dynamic linking: http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2002/tn2064.html
+    dynamic linking: https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/technotes/tn2064/_index.html
 8   inputdialog() doesn't resize when giving more text lines. (David Fishburn,
     2006 Sept 28)
 8   Define vim_mkdir() for Macintosh.
@@ -3600,7 +3592,7 @@ Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed:
     198 standard http://www.jcp.org/en/jsr/detail?id=198.
     Eclim does it: http://eclim.sourceforge.net/  (Eric Van Dewoestine)
     Plugin that uses a terminal emulator: http://vimplugin.sf.net
-    And another one: http://www.satokar.com/viplugin/index.php
+    And another one: (dead link) satokar.com/viplugin/index.php
 -   STICKY CURSOR: Add a way of scrolling that leaves the cursor where it is.
     Especially when using the scrollbar.  Typing a cursor-movement command
     scrolls back to where the cursor is.
@@ -3713,7 +3705,7 @@ Spell checking:
     Is COMPLEXPREFIXES necessary when we have flags for affixes?
 -   There is no Finnish spell checking file.  For openoffice Voikko is now
     used, which is based on Malaga (link seems dead):
-    http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/ (Teemu Likonen)
+    home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/ (Teemu Likonen)
 8   ":mkspell" still takes much too long in Hungarian dictionary from
     hunspell.  Only solution appears to be to postpone secondary suffixes.
 8   Handle postponed prefix with COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG or COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG.
@@ -3764,14 +3756,14 @@ Spell checking:
     word/flags and affix.
 -   Implement multiple flags for compound words and CMP item?
     Await comments from other spell checking authors.
--   Also see tklspell: http://tkltrans.sourceforge.net/
+-   Also see tklspell: (dead link) tkltrans.sourceforge.net/
 8   Charles Campbell asks for method to add "contained" groups to existing
     syntax items (to add @Spell).
     Add ":syntax contains {pattern} add=@Spell" command?  A bit like ":syn
     cluster" but change the contains list directly for matching syntax items.
 -   References: MySpell library (in OpenOffice.org), (links seem dead):
-	http://spellchecker.mozdev.org/source.html
-	http://whiteboard.openoffice.org/source/browse/whiteboard/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/myspell/
+	spellchecker.mozdev.org/source.html
+	(dead link) whiteboard.openoffice.org/source/browse/whiteboard/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/myspell/
       author: Kevin Hendricks <kevin.hendricks@sympatico.ca>
 8   It is currently not possible to mark "can not" as rare, because "can" and
     "not" are good words.  Find a way to let "rare" overrule "good"?
@@ -4517,7 +4509,7 @@ Win32 GUI:
 8   Could keep console open to run multiple commands, to avoid the need to hit
     return in every console.
     Also: Look at how Emacs does run external commands:
-	http://www.cs.washington.edu/homes/voelker/ntemacs.html.
+	(deak link) www.cs.washington.edu/homes/voelker/ntemacs.html.
 8   Need a separate PopUp menu for modeless selection.  Need two new commands:
     Copy selection to clipboard, Paste selection (as typed text).
 8   Support copy/paste for other file formats.  At least HTML, perhaps RTF.
@@ -4687,7 +4679,7 @@ Autocommands:
 				  *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'*
     'autosave' 'as' number  (default 0)
 	    Automatically write the current buffer to file N seconds after the
-	    last change has been made and when |'modified'| is still set.
+	    last change has been made and when 'modified' is still set.
 	    Default: 0 = do not autosave the buffer.
     Alternative: have 'autosave' use 'updatetime' and 'updatecount' but make
     them save the file itself besides the swapfile.
@@ -4724,7 +4716,7 @@ Omni completion:
 	http://cedet.sourceforge.net/intellisense.shtml (for Emacs)
 	Ivan Villanueva has something for Java.
 	Emacs (link seems dead):
-	http://www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html
+	www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html
 	Completion in .NET framework SharpDevelop: http://www.icsharpcode.net
 -   Pre-expand abbreviations, show which abbrevs would match?
 
@@ -5249,7 +5241,7 @@ Searching:
     to find out how much time has passed.  Or use SIGALRM.  Where to show the
     number?
 7   Support for approximate-regexps to find similar words (agrep
-    http://www.tgries.de/agrep/ tre: http://laurikari.net/tre/index.html).
+    http://www.tgries.de/agrep/ tre: (dead link) laurikari.net/tre/index.html).
 8   Add an item for a big character range, so that one can search for a
     chinese character: \z[234-1234]  or \z[XX-YY] or \z[0x23-0x234].
 7   Add an item stack to allow matching ().  One side is "push X on

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 May 25
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -21,6 +21,13 @@ Uganda anyway.
 The Open Publication License applies to the Vim documentation, see
 |manual-copyright|.
 
+The icons used for the toolbar in the Win32 GUI are from the "Farm-Fresh Web
+Icons" set.  These icons are licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution
+3.0 License and were created by FatCow Web Hosting.  They were previously
+available at (dead link) fatcow.com/free-icons and are still available at:
+https://www.iconarchive.com/show/farm-fresh-icons-by-fatcow.1.html
+
+
 === begin of license ===
 
 VIM LICENSE

runtime/doc/userfunc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 May 23
+*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ the script is a |Vim9| script, this may also be caused by the function not
 being exported.
 
 								*E132*
-The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
+The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the 'maxfuncdepth'
 option.
 
 It is also possible to use `:eval`.  It does not support a range, but does

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jun 03
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2025 Jul 22
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ Summary:					*help-summary*  >
 <    for how the '|' is handled in mappings.
 
 15) Command definitions are talked about :h command-topic, so use >
-	:help command-bar
+	:help command-bang
 <    to find out about the '!' argument for custom commands.
 
 16) Window management commands always start with CTRL-W, so you find the